Three Months Ended September 30,
2017 2016

Average
Balance
Interest
Annualized
Yield/
Rate

Average
Balance
Interest
Annualized
Yield/
Rate
(Dollars in millions)
Interest-Earning Assets
Loans held-for-sale $ 4,476
$ 45
3.99 % $ 3,416
$ 30
3.51 %
Loans held-for-investment
Residential first mortgage 2,594
22
3.32 % 2,090
17
3.17 %
Home equity 486
6
5.11 % 460
6
5.03 %
Other 26
—
4.52 % 30
—
4.59 %
Total Consumer loans 3,106
28
3.61 % 2,580
23
3.52 %
Commercial Real Estate 1,646
19
4.43 % 1,082
9
3.43 %
Commercial and Industrial 1,073
13
4.77 % 633
7
4.27 %
Warehouse Lending 978
12
4.82 % 1,553
17
4.21 %
Total Commercial loans 3,697
44
4.63 % 3,268
33
3.96 %
Total loans held-for-investment (1) 6,803
72
4.16 % 5,848
56
3.77 %
Loans with government guarantees 264
3
4.58 % 432
4
3.88 %
Investment securities 3,101
20
2.58 % 2,516
16
2.55 %
Interest-earning deposits 93
—
1.23 % 106
—
0.48 %
Total interest-earning assets 14,737
140
3.77 % 12,318
106
3.42 %
Other assets 1,702
1,830

Total assets $ 16,439
$ 14,148

Interest-Bearing Liabilities
Retail deposits
Demand deposits $ 489
$ —
0.14 % $ 509
$ —
0.20 %
Savings deposits 3,838
7
0.76 % 3,751
8
0.77 %
Money market deposits 276
—
0.57 % 250
—
0.41 %
Certificates of deposit 1,182
4
1.19 % 1,071
3
1.05 %
Total retail deposits 5,785
11
0.78 % 5,581
11
0.75 %
Government deposits
Demand deposits 250
—
0.43 % 243
—
0.39 %
Savings deposits 362
1
0.71 % 478
1
0.52 %
Certificates of deposit 329
1
0.89 % 355
—
0.52 %
Total government deposits 941
2
0.70 % 1,076
1
0.49 %
Wholesale deposits and other 35
—
1.49 % —
—
—%
Total interest-bearing deposits 6,761
13
0.78 % 6,657
12
0.71 %
Short-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other 3,809
11
1.17 % 1,073
1
0.44 %
Long-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances 1,234
6
1.99 % 1,576
7
1.81 %
Other long-term debt 493
7
5.09 % 467
6
4.86 %
Total interest-bearing liabilities 12,297
37
1.19 % 9,773
26
1.06 %
Noninterest-bearing deposits (2) 2,244
2,469

Other liabilities 427
527

Stockholders’ equity 1,471
1,379

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity $ 16,439
$ 14,148

Net interest-earning assets $ 2,440
$ 2,545

Net interest income $ 103
$ 80

Interest rate spread (3) 2.58 % 2.36 %
Net interest margin (4) 2.78 % 2.58 %
Ratio of average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities 119.9 % 126.0 %


~~(1)~~	~~Includes nonaccrual loans, for further information relating to nonaccrual loans, see Note 4 - Loans Held-for-Investment.~~


~~(2)~~	~~Includes noninterest-bearing company controlled deposits that arise due to the servicing of loans for others.~~


~~(3)~~	~~Interest rate spread is the difference between rates of interest earned on interest-earning assets and rates of interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities.~~


~~(4)~~	~~Net interest margin is net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.~~

Nine Months Ended September 30,
2017 2016

Average
Balance
Interest
Annualized
Yield/
Rate

Average
Balance
Interest
Annualized
Yield/
Rate
(Dollars in millions)
Interest-Earning Assets
Loans held-for-sale $ 4,014
$ 119
3.96 % $ 3,071
$ 83
3.64 %
Loans held-for-investment

Residential first mortgage 2,497
62
3.34 % 2,365
56
3.14 %
Home equity 453
17
5.04 % 485
19
5.23 %
Other 26
1
4.52 % 29
1
4.82 %
Total Consumer loans 2,976
80
3.61 % 2,879
76
3.51 %
Commercial Real Estate 1,482
47
4.15 % 936
24
3.40 %
Commercial and Industrial 929
33
4.71 % 601
19
4.12 %
Warehouse Lending 840
30
4.70 % 1,279
41
4.25 %
Total Commercial loans 3,251
110
4.45 % 2,816
84
3.94 %
Total loans held-for-investment (1) 6,227
190
4.05 % 5,695
160
3.72 %
Loans with government guarantees 300
10
4.41 % 450
12
3.40 %
Investment securities 3,093
59
2.55 % 2,589
50
2.58 %
Interest-earning deposits 75
1
1.08 % 139
1
0.50 %
Total interest-earning assets 13,709
379
3.68 % 11,944
306
3.40 %
Other assets 1,697
1,767

Total assets $ 15,406
$ 13,711

Interest-Bearing Liabilities
Retail deposits
Demand deposits $ 502
$ 1
0.16 % $ 479
$ 1
0.17 %
Savings deposits 3,899
22
0.76 % 3,720
21
0.78 %
Money market deposits 264
1
0.49 % 285
1
0.44 %
Certificates of deposit 1,116
9
1.12 % 789
7
1.21 %
Total retail deposits 5,781
33
0.76 % 5,273
30
0.77 %
Government deposits
Demand deposits 228
1
0.41 % 234
1
0.39 %
Savings deposits 410
2
0.59 % 432
2
0.52 %
Certificates of deposit 314
1
0.73 % 563
1
0.35 %
Total government deposits 952
4
0.59 % 1,229
4
0.42 %
Wholesale deposits and other 16
—
1.21 % —
—
— %
Total interest-bearing deposits 6,749
37
0.74 % 6,502
34
0.70 %
Short-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other 3,028
23
1.01 % 1,190
4
0.41 %
Long-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances 1,211
17
1.92 % 1,587
22
1.88 %
Other long-term debt 493
19
5.06 % 321
10
4.05 %
Total interest-bearing liabilities 11,481
96
1.12 % 9,600
70
0.97 %
Noninterest-bearing deposits (2) 2,098
2,101

Other liabilities 415
495

Stockholders’ equity 1,412
1,515

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity $ 15,406
$ 13,711

Net interest-earning assets $ 2,228
$ 2,344

Net interest income $ 283
$ 236

Interest rate spread (3) 2.56 % 2.43 %
Net interest margin (4) 2.74 % 2.62 %
Ratio of average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities 119.4 % 124.4 %


~~(1)~~	~~Includes nonaccrual loans, for further information relating to nonaccrual loans, see Note 4 - Loans Held-for-Investment.~~


~~(2)~~	~~Includes noninterest-bearing company controlled deposits that arise due to the servicing of loans for others.~~


~~(3)~~	~~Interest rate spread is the difference between rates of interest earned on interest-earning assets and rates of interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities.~~


~~(4)~~	~~Net interest margin is net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.~~

~~Rate/Volume Analysis~~

The following ~~tables present~~table presents the dollar amount of changes in interest income and interest expense for the components of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The table distinguishes between the changes related to average outstanding balances (changes in volume while holding the initial rate constant) and the changes related to average interest rates (changes in average rates while holding the initial balance constant). The rate/volume variances are allocated to rate. Rate and volume variances are calculated on each line separate as an indication of the magnitude. Line items may not aggregate to the totals due to mix changes.


	Three Months Ended,						Six Months Ended,
	June 30, 2021 versus March 31, 2021 Increase (Decrease) Due to:						June 30, 2021 versus June 30, 2020 Increase (Decrease) Due to:
	Rate		Volume		Total		Rate		Volume		Total
	(Dollars in millions)
Interest-Earning Assets
Loans held-for-sale	$	4	$	(4)	$	—	$	(23)	$	31	$	8
Loans held-for-investment
Residential first mortgage	—		(2)		(2)		(3)		(16)		(19)
Home equity	1		(1)		—		(2)		(5)		(7)
Other	—		1		1		(5)		6		1
Total consumer loans	1		(2)		(1)		(6)		(19)		(25)
Commercial real estate	—		—		—		(12)		1		(11)
Commercial and industrial	1		—		1		(2)		(7)		(9)
Warehouse lending	(1)		(10)		(11)		(2)		58		56
Total commercial loans	(1)		(9)		(10)		(15)		51		36
Total loans held-for-investment	—		(11)		(11)		(21)		32		11
Loans with government guarantees	1		—		1		(12)		13		1
Investment securities	—		—		—		(3)		(13)		(16)
Interest-earning deposits and other	—		—		—		(1)		—		(1)
Total interest-earning assets	$	5	$	(15)	$	(10)	$	(65)	$	68	$	3
Interest-Bearing Liabilities
Interest-bearing deposits	$	(2)	$	—	$	(2)	$	(40)	$	5	$	(35)
Short-term FHLB advances and other borrowings	—		—		—		(8)		(4)		(12)
Long-term FHLB advances	—		—		—		(2)		2		—
Other long-term debt	(2)		—		(2)		(3)		(2)		(5)
Total interest-bearing liabilities	(3)		—		(3)		(52)		—		(52)
Change in net interest income	$	8	$	(15)	$	(7)	$	(13)	$	68	$	55

Three Months Ended September 30,

2017 Versus 2016 Increase (Decrease)
Due to:
Rate Volume Total
(Dollars in millions)
Interest-Earning Assets
Loans held-for-sale $ 6
$ 9
$ 15
Loans held-for-investment
Residential first mortgage 1
4
5
Total Consumer loans 1
4
5
Commercial Real Estate 5
5
10
Commercial and Industrial 1
5
6
Warehouse Lending 1
(6 ) (5 )
Total Commercial loans 7
4
11
Total loans held-for-investment 8
8
16
Loans with government guarantees 1
(2 ) (1 )
Investment securities —
4
4
Total interest-earning assets $ 15
$ 19
$ 34
Interest-Bearing Liabilities
Interest-bearing deposits $ 1
$ —
$ 1
Short-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other 7
3
10
Long-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances 1
(2 ) (1 )
Other long-term debt —
1
1
Total interest-bearing liabilities 9
2
11
Change in net interest income $ 6
$ 17
$ 23

Nine Months Ended September 30,

2017 Versus 2016 Increase (Decrease)
Due to:
Rate Volume Total
(Dollars in millions)
Interest-Earning Assets
Loans held-for-sale $ 10
$ 26
$ 36
Loans held-for-investment
Residential first mortgage 3
3
6
Home equity —
(2 ) (2 )
Total Consumer loans 3
1
4
Commercial Real Estate 9
14
23
Commercial and Industrial 4
10
14
Warehouse Lending 3
(14 ) (11 )
Total Commercial loans 16
10
26
Total loans held-for-investment 19
11
30
Loans with government guarantees 2
(4 ) (2 )
Investment securities (1 ) 10
9
Total interest-earning assets $ 30
$ 43
$ 73
Interest-Bearing Liabilities
Interest-bearing deposits $ 1
$ 2
$ 3
Short-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other 14
5
19
Long-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances —
(5 ) (5 )
Other long-term debt 4
5
9
Total interest-bearing liabilities 19
7
26
Change in net interest income $ 11
$ 36
$ 47

Comparison to Prior ~~Year~~ Quarter

Net interest income ~~increased $23 million or 29 percent~~ for the three months ended ~~September~~June 30, ~~2017, compared to the same period in 2016. This increase~~2021 was primarily driven by growth in interest-earning assets and an increase in average rates within the LHFI and LHFS portfolios. This was partially offset by an increase in average rates and average balance on short-term FHLB advances.

~~Our net interest margin for the three months ended September 30, 2017 was 2.78~~$183 million, a decrease of $7.0 million, or 3 percent compared to 2.58 percent for the three months ended September 30, 2016. The net 20 basis point increase was driven by an increase in higher yielding commercial loans and higher interest income on LHFS. This increase was partially offset by higher average rates on short-term FHLB advances.

~~For the three months ended September 30, 2017~~ as compared to the ~~three months~~first quarter 2021. The results primarily reflect lower earning assets, driven by our warehouse and loans held-for-sale (LHFS) portfolios. Average earning assets declined $1.9 billion, or 7 percent, as warehouse balances were $1.0 billion, or 15 percent lower and LHFS declined $0.6 billion, or 8 percent. These declines were, partially offset by a favorable decrease in funding costs and broad-based increases in loan yields.

The net interest margin increased 8 basis points to 2.90 percent for the quarter ended ~~September~~June 30, ~~2016, total interest-earning assets increased $2.4 billion~~2021, as compared to ~~$14.7 billion, led by growth~~2.82 percent for the quarter ended March 31, 2021. Excluding the impact from LGG in forbearance that have not been repurchased and do not accrue interest, adjusted net interest margin expanded 4 basis points to 3.06 percent in the second quarter, compared to adjusted net interest margin of 3.02 percent in the prior quarter. The expansion in net interest margin was largely attributable to an increase in LHFS ~~primarily~~yields due to ~~accumulation of loans in support of residential mortgage backed securitizations. Additionally, the $955 million increase in LHFI average balance was primarily driven by~~ a $526 million increase in consumer loans through the addition of high quality jumbo loans and HELOCs and a $429 million increase in average commercial loans was consistent with our strategy to grow the community bank. Average warehouse loans have decreased $575 million which is more than offset by increases in our C&I and CRE portfolios demonstrating ourmix shift to higher yielding ~~loans.~~

~~Average interest-bearing liabilities increased $2.5 billion for the three months ended September 30, 2017, compared to the three months ended September 30, 2016. The increase was~~products supporting our residential mortgage-backed securities program, higher LHFI yields and lower deposit costs. Retail banking deposit rates decreased 4 basis points primarily driven by ~~a $2.7~~the maturity of higher cost time deposits.

Average total deposits were $19.1 billion ~~increase~~ in ~~short-term FHLB advances used~~the second quarter 2021, decreasing $973 million, or 5 percent, from the first quarter 2021. Average custodial deposits decreased $1.0 billion, or 14 percent primarily driven by decreasing mortgage payoff rates and actions taken to ~~fund our most liquid assets including LHFS.~~manage internal liquidity measures.

Comparison to Prior Year to Date

Net interest income ~~increased $47 million~~ for the ~~nine~~six months ended ~~September~~June 30, ~~2017,~~2021 was $371 million, an increase of $55 million as compared to the ~~same period~~six months ended June 30, 2020. The 18 percent increase was driven by growth in ~~2016,~~average interest-earning assets led by the warehouse and LHFS portfolios. In addition, net interest margin increased 3 basis points to 2.86 percent for the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to 2.83 percent for the six months ended June 30, 2020 primarily driven by a lower cost of funds.

Average interest-earnings assets increased $3.8 billion primarily driven by growth in ~~interest-earning assets, led by an increase in~~our warehouse and LHFS portfolios which both benefited from the favorable mortgage environment and an increase in average rates. This was partially offset by an increase in average rates and average balances of borrowings, primarily related to short-term FHLB advances and the issuance of our Senior Notes in the third quarter 2016.

Our net interest margin for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 was 2.74 percent, compared to 2.62 percent for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. The net 12 basis point increase was positively impacted by an increaseimprovements in market ~~rates, a higher yielding commercial loan portfolio and stable core deposits. This improvement was partially offset by higher rates on short-term FHLB advances~~share. Average LGG increased $1.6 billion driven by an increase in ~~market rates and the issuance of our Senior Notes in the third quarter 2016.~~

~~For the nine months ended September 30, 2017 as compared~~loans that have been repurchased or are eligible to ~~the nine months ended September 30, 2016, average interest-earning assets increased $1.8 billion, led by a $943 million increase in LHFS~~be repurchased from GNMA due to extending turn times and accumulation of loans in support of residential mortgage backed securitizations. The combined $939 million increase in average investment securities and average commercial loans was consistent with our strategy to grow the community bank and enhance the yield on our interest-earning assets. Commercial loans increased 15 percent due to growth in the CRE and C&I portfolios, including growth in home builder lending all of which more than offset the decrease in warehouse lending.forbearance.

Average interest-bearing liabilities increased ~~$1.9 billion~~$25 million, driven by increases of $675 million and $269 million in government deposits and long-term FHLB borrowings, respectively, partially offset by a decrease of $618 million in short-term FHLB borrowings. The increase in average government deposits was driven by an increase in municipal deposits stemming from stimulus related to COVID-19 that allowed for the ~~nine months ended September 30, 2017, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2016.~~easing of municipality deposit limits. The increase ~~was primarily driven by a net $1.5 billion increase~~ in average long-term FHLB ~~advances~~borrowings was used to fund ~~balance sheet~~asset growth ~~$247 million~~while taking advantage of the lower interest rate environment. The decline in short term FHLB borrowings reflects our liquidity needs with a higher level of total deposits which increased $2.8 billion. The increase in total deposits was driven by higher custodial deposits as a result of growth in our subservicing portfolio and higher refinance activity. Additionally, average customer balances grew from the ~~issuance~~impact of ~~our Senior Notes in the third quarter 2016.~~COVID-19 on customer behavior and spending patterns.

Provision ~~(Benefit)~~ for ~~Loan~~Credit Losses

~~Comparison to Prior Year Quarter~~

The ~~provision (benefit)~~benefit for ~~loan~~credit losses was ~~a provision of $2~~$44 million ~~during~~for the three months ended ~~September~~June 30, ~~2017,~~2021, as compared to a $28 million benefit for credit losses for the three months ended March 31, 2021. The increase in the benefit is primarily driven by improved economic forecasts as a result of the continued vaccine rollout and the lifting of most COVID-19 restrictions and improvements in the performance of our portfolio, particularly those previously hit hardest by the pandemic. The release in provision in the second quarter of 2021 reflects our belief that although the economy still faces challenges, it has recovered substantially from the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic.

The benefit for credit losses was $72 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, as compared to a provision for credit losses of $7 million during the three months ended September 30, 2016. During the three months ended September 30, 2017, the $2 million provision reflects continued low level of net charge-offs and the strong credit quality of our loan portfolios. The $7 million provision during the three months ended September 30, 2016 was largely to reserve for loans with government guarantees.

~~Comparison to Prior Year to Date~~

~~The provision (benefit) for loan losses was a provision of $4~~$116 million for the ~~nine~~six months ended ~~September~~June 30, ~~2017,~~2020. The decrease is reflective of improved economic forecasts and credit conditions in 2021 as compared to 2020 when economic conditions were worsening as a benefit of $9 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2016. The $4 million provision for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 reflects continued low level of net charge-offs and the strong credit qualityresult of the ~~loan portfolio. The $9 million benefit for~~onset of the nine months ended September 30, 2016 resulted primarily from the sale of $1.2 billion UPB of performing residential first mortgage loans and $110 million UPB of nonperforming, TDR and non-agency loans.COVID-19 pandemic.

For further information on the provision for ~~loan~~credit losses, see MD&A - ~~Allowance for Loan Losses.~~Credit Quality.

Noninterest Income

The following tables provide information on our noninterest income ~~along with additional details related~~and other mortgage metrics:


	Three Months Ended,						Six Months Ended,
	June 30, 2021		March 31, 2021		Change		June 30, 2021		June 30, 2020		Change
	(Dollars in millions)
Net gain on loan sales	$	168	$	227	$	(59)	$	395	$	393	$	2
Loan fees and charges	37		42		(5)		79		61		$	18
Net return on mortgage servicing rights	(5)		—		(5)		(5)		(2)		$	(3)
Loan administration income	28		27		1		54		33		$	21
Deposit fees and charges	8		8		—		17		16		$	1
Other noninterest income	16		20		(4)		36		28		$	8
Total noninterest income	$	252	$	324	$	(72)	$	576	$	529	$	47


	Three Months Ended,									Six Months Ended,
	June 30, 2021			March 31, 2021			Change			June 30, 2021			June 30, 2020			Change
	(Dollars in millions)
Mortgage rate lock commitments (fallout-adjusted) (1)(3)	$	12,400		$	12,300		$	100		$	24,800		$	25,000		$	(200)
Mortgage loans closed (3)	$	12,800		$	13,800		$	(1,000)		$	26,600		$	20,700		$	5,900
Mortgage loans sold and securitized (3)	$	14,100		$	13,700		$	400		$	27,800		$	20,400		$	7,400
Net margin on mortgage rate lock commitments (fallout-adjusted) (1)(2)	1.35		%	1.84		%	(0.49)		%	1.60		%	1.57		%	0.03		%
Net margin on loans sold and securitized	1.20		%	1.65		%	(0.45)		%	1.42		%	1.93		%	(0.51)		%

(1)Fallout-adjusted refers to mortgage rate lock commitments which are adjusted by estimates of the percentage of mortgage loans in the pipeline that are not expected to close based on our historical experience and the impact of changes in interest rates.

(2)Gain on sale margin is based on net gain on loan sales ~~and other~~to fallout-adjusted mortgage ~~metrics:~~rate lock commitments.

(3)Rounded to nearest hundred million.

Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30,
2017 2016 Change 2017 2016 Change
(Dollars in millions)
Net gain on loan sales $ 75
$ 94
$ (19 ) $ 189
$ 259
$ (70 )
Loan fees and charges 23
22
1
58
56
2
Deposit fees and charges 5
5
—
14
17
(3 )
Loan administration income 5
4
1
16
14
2
Net return (loss)on mortgage servicing rights 6
(11 ) 17
26
(21 ) 47
Representation and warranty benefit 4
6
(2 ) 11
12
(1 )
Other noninterest income 12
36
(24 ) 32
52
(20 )
Total noninterest income $ 130
$ 156
$ (26 ) $ 346
$ 389
$ (43 )

Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30,
2017 2016 2017 2016
(Dollars in millions)
Mortgage rate lock commitments (fallout-adjusted) (1)
$ 8,898
$ 8,291
$ 23,896
$ 23,281
Net margin on mortgage rate lock commitments (fallout-adjusted) (1) (2)
0.84 % 1.13 % 0.79 % 1.05 %
Gain on loan sales LHFS + net return (loss) on the MSR $ 81
$ 83
$ 215
$ 223
Mortgage loans sold and securitized 8,924 8,723 22,397 23,611
Net margin on loans sold and securitized 0.84 % 1.08 % 0.84 % 1.03 %


~~(1)~~	Fallout adjusted refers to mortgage rate lock commitments which are adjusted by a percentage of mortgage loans in the pipeline that are not expected to close based on our historical experience and the level of interest rates.


~~(2)~~	~~Gain on sale margin is based on net gain on loan sales related to LHFS to fallout-adjusted mortgage rate lock commitments.~~

Comparison to Prior ~~Year~~ Quarter

~~Total noninterest~~ Noninterest income decreased ~~$26~~$72 million ~~during~~for the ~~three months~~quarter ended ~~September~~June 30, ~~2017,~~2021, compared to the ~~same period in 2016.~~quarter ended March 31, 2021, primarily due to the following:

•Net gain on loan sales decreased ~~$19~~$59 million ~~during~~to $168 million, as compared to $227 million in the ~~three months ended September 30, 2017,~~first quarter 2021. FOALs increased $0.1 billion, or 0.63 percent, to $12.4 billion while gain on sale margins decreased 49 basis points, to 1.35 percent for the second quarter 2021, as compared to 1.84 percent for the first quarter 2021 primarily driven by competitive factors and channel-mix based margin compression.

•Loan fees and charges decreased $5 million to $37 million for the second quarter of 2021, compared to $42 million for the first quarter 2021, primarily due to a 7 percent decrease in mortgage loans closed.

•Net loss on mortgage servicing rights was $5 million in the second quarter of 2021, a decline of $5 million compared to the ~~three months ended September 30, 2016.~~first quarter of 2021. The ~~net gain on loan sales margin decreased 24 basis points with fallout adjusted lock yields decreasing 0.29 basis points~~current period includes an $8 million write-off of mortgage servicing right fair value for those LGG that were repurchased during the quarter. In addition, mortgage refinance activity continued to ~~0.84 percent primarily due~~be elevated compared to ~~more competitive pricing. Lower margins were partially offset by a 7.3 percent increase in fallout adjusted mortgage locks driven primarily by the Opes~~historical norms which impacted prepayment speeds and ~~Stearns acquisitions that occurred in 2017.~~

~~Net~~overall net return on MSRs (including the impact of economic hedges) increased $17 million during the three months ended September 30, 2017, compared to the three months ended September 30, 2016. The increase was primarily driven by improvements in fair value due to a more stable prepayment environment and improvements in our hedging program, partially offset by a decrease in service fee income resulting from lower MSR balance due to sales that occurred throughout 2017.mortgage servicing rights.

Other noninterest income decreased $24 million during the three months ended September 30, 2017, compared to the three months ended September 30, 2016 due to a $24 million reduction in the DOJ settlement liability that occurred in the third quarter of 2016.

Comparison to Prior Year to Date

~~Total noninterest~~ Noninterest income ~~decreased $43~~increased $47 million ~~during~~for the ~~nine~~six months ended ~~September~~June 30, ~~2017,~~2021, compared to the ~~same period in 2016.~~six months ended June 30, 2020, primarily due to the following:

•Net gain on loan sales ~~decreased $70~~increased $2 million, ~~during the nine months ended September 30, 2017, compared~~primarily due to ~~the nine months ended September 30, 2016. The net~~$0.2 billion higher FOALs and a 2 basis points improvement in our gain on ~~loan sales margin decreased 19 basis points~~sale margin. This was driven by favorable market conditions beginning in the middle half second quarter of 2020 which allowed us to grow our direct retail channel and optimize profitability.

•Loan fees and charges increased $18 million primarily driven by more competitive pricing and our decision to extend turn times on sales of LHFS which shifts earnings from gain on sale to net interest income. During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, turn times on sales of LHFS were an average of 52 days compared to an average of 35 days during the nine months ended September 30, 2016. As of September 30, 2017, we continue to selectively decide whether to extend turn times on sale of LHFS if, in its estimation, such extensions provide favorable economics. The decrease in net gain on loan sales was also attributed to the sale of performing LHFI that occurred during the nine months ended September 30, 2016 which resulted in a $14 million gain. The decreases in net gain on loan sales were partially offset by a shift in mix which includes an increase in ~~distributed~~ retail closings along with higher subservicing ancillary fees as our portfolio has grown.

•Loan administration income increased $21 million, driven primarily by a decline in LIBOR-based fees paid to sub-servicing customers on custodial deposits along with $2 million higher subservice fee income due to an increase in the ~~integration~~average number of ~~Opes.~~loans being subserviced and an increase in the number of loans past due as a result of forbearance which are charged a higher servicing rate.

~~Deposit fees~~•Other noninterest income increased $8 million primarily driven by higher income from our CRA related SBIC funds and charges decreased $3 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2017, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2016. The decrease was primarily due to lower exchange fee income resulting from limitations set by the Durbin amendment, which became applicable to the Bankgains on ~~July 1, 2016.~~other asset sales.

•Net return on ~~MSRs was $26~~mortgage servicing rights, including the impact of economic hedges, decreased $3 million. The current year-to-date period includes a $10 million ~~for~~write-off of mortgage servicing rights associated with LGG that we repurchased during the ~~nine months ended September 30, 2017,~~second quarter. In addition, mortgage refinance activity continued to be elevated compared to ~~a loss of $21 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2016. The $47 million increase was primarily driven by a more stable~~historical norms which impacted prepayment ~~environment~~speeds and ~~improvements in our hedging program, partially offset by lower~~overall net return on mortgage servicing fee income resulting from a lower MSR balance and higher transaction costs driven by MSR sales that occurred in the first nine months of 2017. During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, we sold MSRs with a fair value of $260 million.rights.

Other noninterest income decreased $20 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2017, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2016. The decrease was primarily due to a $24 million reduction in the DOJ settlement liability that occurred in the third quarter of 2016.

Noninterest Expense

The following table sets forth the components of our noninterest expense:


	Three Months Ended,									Six Months Ended,
	June 30, 2021			March 31, 2021			Change			June 30, 2021			June 30, 2020			Change
	(Dollars in millions)
Compensation and benefits	$	122		$	144		$	(22)		$	266		$	218		$	48
Occupancy and equipment	50			46			4			95			85			10
Commissions	51			62			(11)			112			90			22
Loan processing expense	22			21			1			43			39			4
Legal and professional expense	11			8			3			20			11			9
Federal insurance premiums	4			6			(2)			10			13			(3)
Intangible asset amortization	3			3			—			5			7			(2)
Other noninterest expense	26			57			(31)			85			63			22
Total noninterest expense	$	289		$	347		$	(58)		$	636		$	526		$	110
Efficiency ratio	66.6		%	67.7		%	(1.1)		%	67.2		%	62.2		%	5.0		%
Number of FTE employees	5,503			5,418			85			5,503			4,641			862

Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30,
2017 2016 Change 2017 2016 Change
(Dollars in millions)
Compensation and benefits $ 76
$ 69
$ 7
$ 219
$ 203
$ 16
Commissions 23
16
7
49
40
9
Occupancy and equipment 28
21
7
75
64
11
Loan processing expense 15
13
2
41
40
1
Legal and professional expense 7
5
2
22
20
2
Other noninterest expense 22
18
4
59
51
8
Total noninterest expense $ 171
$ 142
$ 29
$ 465
$ 418
$ 47
Efficiency ratio 73.5 % 59.9 % 13.6 % 73.9 % 66.9 % 7.0 %

September 30, 2017 June 30, 2017 Change September 30, 2017 December 31, 2016 Change
Number of FTE 3,495
3,432
63
3,495
2,886
609

Comparison to Prior ~~Year~~ Quarter

Noninterest expense ~~increased $29~~decreased $58 million ~~to $171 million during~~for the ~~three months~~quarter ended ~~September~~June 30, ~~2017,~~2021, compared to ~~$142~~the quarter ended March 31, 2021 primarily due to the following:

•Other noninterest expense decreased $31 million ~~during~~from the ~~three months ended September 30, 2016. The increase is~~prior quarter primarily driven by ~~growth initiatives and operating expenses associated with~~a $35 million final settlement expense for the ~~recent acquisition~~DOJ Liability recognized in the first quarter of ~~Opes which will support future revenue growth. Increases in those related expenses include an increase in compensation~~2021. The quarter ended June 30, 2021 also includes $2 million of merger expenses.

•Compensation and benefits decreased $22 million from the prior quarter. This was primarily due to a $10 million benefit from an agreement to reduce the 2009 former CEO supplemental executive retirement plan liability, seasonally higher ~~headcount, an increase~~payroll taxes in ~~commissions attributable~~the first quarter which did not reoccur and lower performance based compensation.

•Commissions decreased $11 million, primarily due to ~~increased~~a 7 percent reduction in mortgage loan ~~production, and an increase in occupancy~~closings.

•Both Occupancy and equipment ~~costs~~and legal and professional expenses increased by $3 million due to ~~support the capital needs of our expanded business.~~merger expenses.

Comparison to Prior Year to Date

Noninterest expense increased ~~$47~~$110 million ~~to $465 million during~~for the ~~nine~~six months ended ~~September~~June 30, ~~2017,~~2021, compared to ~~$418 million during~~ the ~~nine~~six months ended ~~September~~June 30, ~~2016. The~~2020 primarily due to the following:

•Compensation and benefits increased $48 million, primarily due to a 19 percent increase in average FTE which was impacted by hiring in default servicing given a ramp up in loss mitigation efforts to assist forbearance customers which began in the second quarter of 2020 and adding variable mortgage closing capacity along with an increase in incentive compensation attributed to stronger financial results.

•Commissions and loan processing expense increased $22 million and $4 million, respectively, primarily driven by $5.9 billion, or 28 percent, higher ~~operating expenses associated~~mortgage closings along with ~~growth initiatives~~a shift in channel mix from TPO to retail which supports a higher gain on sale but also has higher commission rates and ~~our 2017 acquisitions of Opes and Stearns, including an increase in compensation and benefits due to an increase in headcount and higher commissions. Additionally,~~costs.

•Other noninterest expense increased ~~as a result of higher occupancy~~$22 million primarily driven by the $35 million DOJ final settlement expense recognized during the six months ended June 30, 2021. This expenses was partially offset by certain performance-related earn out adjustments related to our Opes Advisors acquisition recognized during the six months ended June 30, 2020 which did not reoccur.

•Occupancy and equipment ~~to support the capital needs of our expanded business and an increase in advertising~~increased $10 million primarily related to ~~a direct mail~~higher software costs driven and ~~brand awareness campaign.~~$3 million of merger related expenses.

Provision ~~(benefit)~~ for Income Taxes

Our provision for income taxes for the ~~three and nine months~~quarter ended ~~September~~June 30, ~~2017~~2021, was ~~$20~~$43 million and ~~$52 million, respectively,~~our effective tax rate was 22.5 percent, as compared to ~~a provision of $30~~$45 million and ~~$73 million during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2016, respectively.~~

~~Our~~an effective ~~tax provision~~ rate ~~for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017 was 32.4 percent and 32.3 percent, respectively, compared to 34.3 percent and 33.8~~of 23.0 percent for the quarter ended March 31, 2021.

Operating Segments

Our operations are conducted through three operating segments: Community Banking, Mortgage Originations, and ~~nine months ended September 30, 2016, respectively.~~Mortgage Servicing. The Other segment includes the remaining reported activities. The operating segments have been determined based on the products and services offered and reflect the manner in which financial information is currently evaluated by Management. Each of the operating segments is complementary to each other and because of the interrelationships of the segments, the information presented is not indicative of how the segments would perform if they operated as independent entities.

~~Our effective tax provision rate~~ We charge the lines of business for the ~~three and nine months ended September 30, 2017 differs from~~net charge-offs that occur. In addition to this amount, we charge them for the ~~combined federal and state statutory tax rate primarily due to a benefit from tax-exempt earnings, partially offset by nondeductible expenses.~~

~~For further information, see Note 15 - Income Taxes.~~

~~Loan Originations, Sales and Servicing~~

~~The majority of our total~~change in loan ~~originations~~balances during the ~~nine months ended September 30, 2017 represented mortgage loans that were collateralized by residential first mortgages on single-family residences~~period, applied at the budgeted credit loss factor. The difference between the consolidated provision (benefit) for credit losses and ~~were eligible for sale~~the sum of total net charge-offs and the change in loan balances is assigned to the ~~Agencies. During~~“Other” segment, which includes the nine months ended September 30, 2017, sales of loans totaled $22.4 billion, or 90.8 percent of originations compared to $23.6 billion, or 99.0 percent of originations during the nine months ended September 30, 2016, with the decrease primarily duechanges related to the ~~accumulation of loans in support of our residential mortgage backed securitizations. As of September 30, 2017, we had outstanding commitments~~economic forecasts, model changes, qualitative adjustments and credit downgrades. The amount assigned to sell $6.6 billion of mortgage loans. Generally, these commitments are funded within 120 days. At September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, consumer LHFS totaled $4.9 billion and $3.2 billion, respectively, which are primarily residential mortgage loans. The $1.7 billion increase“Other” is ~~the result of seasonally higher mortgage activity and the accumulation of loans in support of our next residential mortgage backed securitization.~~

On October 31, 2017, the Company closed on a securitization of $576 million of residential mortgage-backed certificates (RMBS) issued by Flagstar Mortgage Trust 2017-2 (FSMT 2017-2). On July 31, 2017, the Company closed on a securitization of $444 million of RMBS issued by Flagstar Mortgage Trust 2017-1 (FSMT 2017-1). Both loan sales are comprised of loans Flagstar originated through our retail, broker and correspondent channels. The collateral consists of high-quality 15 to 30 year, fully amortizing conforming and jumbo fixed-rate loans.

In addition, we originate or purchase residential first mortgage loans, other consumer loans, and commercial loans for our LHFI portfolios. Our revenues include noninterest income from sales of residential first mortgagesallocated back to the ~~Agencies, net interest income, and revenue from servicing~~lines of ~~loans for others.~~business through other noninterest expense.

We utilize multiple production channels to originate or acquire mortgage loans on a national scale to generate high returns on capital. This helps grow the servicing business and provides stable, low cost funding for the Community Bank segment. We continue to leverage technology to streamline the mortgage origination process, thereby bringing service and

convenience to borrowers and correspondents. We also continue to make available to our customers various web-based tools that facilitate the mortgage loan process through each of our production channels. We intend to continue to seek new ways to expand our relationships with borrowers and correspondents to provide the necessary capital and liquidity to grow the Mortgage Servicing and the Community Bank segments.

~~The following table presents loan originations by portfolio:~~

Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30,
2017 2016 2017 2016
(Dollars in millions)
Consumer loans
Residential first mortgage $ 9,572
$ 9,192
$ 24,659
$ 23,856
Home equity (1)
94
50
225
137
Total consumer loans 9,666
9,242
24,884
23,993
Commercial loans (2)
265
248
932
496
Total loan originations $ 9,931
$ 9,490
$ 25,816
$ 24,489


~~(1)~~	~~Includes second mortgage loans, HELOC loans, and other consumer loans.~~


~~(2)~~	~~Includes commercial real estate and commercial and industrial loans.~~

Additionally, our Mortgage Servicing segment provides servicing of residential mortgages for our own LHFI portfolio and may service or subservice loans which we have sold or securitized. Mortgage loans are serviced and subserviced for others on a fee for service basis and we may also collect ancillary fees and earn income through the use of noninterest-bearing escrows. Revenue for those serviced and subserviced loans is earned on a contractual fee basis, with the fees varying based on our responsibilities and the status of the underlying loans.

~~The following table presents the UPB (net of write downs) of residential loans serviced and subserviced and the number of accounts associated with those loans.~~

September 30, 2017 December 31, 2016
Amount Number of accounts Amount Number of accounts
(Dollars in millions)
Residential loan servicing
Serviced for own loan portfolio (1)
$ 7,376
31,135
$ 5,816
29,244
Serviced for others 21,342
87,215
31,207
133,270
Subserviced for others (2)
62,351
296,913
43,127
220,075
Total residential loans serviced $ 91,069
415,263
$ 80,150
382,589


~~(1)~~	~~Includes LHFI (residential first mortgage and home equity), LHFS (residential first mortgage), loans with government guarantees (residential first mortgage), and repossessed assets.~~


~~(2)~~	~~Includes temporary short-term subservicing performed as a result of sales of servicing-released MSRs. Includes repossessed assets.~~

~~OPERATING SEGMENTS~~

~~Overview~~

For detail on each segment's objectives, strategies, and priorities, please read this section in conjunction with Note 1917 - Segment ~~Information, and other sections of this report for a full understanding of our consolidated financial performance.~~Information.

~~The following table presents net income (loss) by operating segment:~~

Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30,
2017 2016 Change 2017 2016 Change
(Dollars in millions)
Community Banking $ 10
$ 7
$ 3
$ 26
$ 34
$ (8 )
Mortgage Originations 31
39
(8 ) 87
99
(12 )
Mortgage Servicing (4 ) (3 ) (1 ) (12 ) (9 ) (3 )
Other 3
14
(11 ) 7
19
(12 )
Total net income $ 40
$ 57
$ (17 ) $ 108
$ 143
$ (35 )

Community Banking

Our Community Banking segment serves commercial, governmental and consumer customers in our banking footprint which spans throughout Michigan, Indiana, California, Wisconsin, Ohio and contiguous states. We also serve home builders, correspondents, and commercial customers on a national basis. The Community Banking segment originates and purchases loans, while also providing deposit and fee based services to consumer, business, and mortgage lending customers.

Our commercial customers operate in a diversified range of industries including financial, insurance, service, manufacturing, and distribution. We offer financial products to these customers for use in their normal business operations, as well as provide financing of working capital, capital investments, and equipment. Additionally, our CRE business supports income producing real estate and home builders. The Community Banking segment also offers warehouse lines of credit to non-bank mortgage lenders.

Our Community Banking segment has experienced strong growth during the current cycle driven by our warehouse portfolio which has benefited from the robust mortgage market. In addition, we continue to maintain our disciplined underwriting in this business.


	Three Months Ended,						Six Months Ended,
Community Banking	June 30, 2021		March 31, 2021		Change		June 30, 2021		June 30, 2020		Change
	(Dollars in millions)
Summary of Operations
Net interest income	$	149	$	156	$	(7)	$	305	$	237	$	68
(Benefit) provision for credit losses	1		(14)		15		(13)		5		(18)
Net interest income after (benefit) provision for credit losses	148		170		(22)		318		232		86


Loan administration expense	—		—		—		—		(2)		2
Other noninterest income	15		18		(3)		34		28		6
Total noninterest income	15		18		(3)		34		26		8
Compensation and benefits	27		31		(4)		55		51		4
Commissions	1		1		—		1		1		—
Loan processing expense	2		1		1		3		3		—
Other noninterest expense	(1)		25		(26)		28		168		(140)
Total noninterest expense	29		58		(29)		87		223		(136)
Income before indirect overhead allocations and income taxes	134		130		4		266		35		231
Indirect overhead allocation	(9)		(10)		1		(19)		(20)		1
Provision for income taxes	26		25		1		52		3		49
Net income	$	99	$	95	$	4	$	195	$	12	$	183

Key Metrics
Number of FTE employees	1,155		1,273		(118)		1,155		1,282		(127)
Number of bank branches	158		158		—		158		160		(2)

Comparison to Prior ~~Year~~ Quarter

~~During the three months ended September 30, 2017, the~~ The Community Banking segment reported net income of ~~$10 million, compared to $7~~$99 million for the ~~three months~~quarter ended ~~September~~June 30, ~~2016. The increase in~~2021, compared to net income of $95 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2021. The $4 million increase was driven by the following:

•Net interest income declined $7 million due to a reduction in average interest earning assets primarily driven by lower average balances in our warehouse portfolio which declined $1.0 billion, or 15 percent.

•The benefit from credit losses was $1 million in the second quarter 2021, compared to a $15 million benefit in the prior quarter, primarily due to the $16 million recovery on a $9previously charged-off loan recorded in the first quarter of 2021.

•Other noninterest expense decreased $26 million ~~increase in net interest income~~due to less intersegment expense allocations resulting from ~~higher average loan balances, led by growth in commercial loans and higher average loan yields as well as a $6 million improvement in provision~~the benefit for ~~loan losses~~credit due to improved ~~credit quality. These increases were partially offset by a $7 million increase in noninterest expense driven by higher volume-driven expenses~~economic forecasts and ~~growth initiatives which will support future revenue growth.~~the performance of our portfolio.

Comparison to Prior Year to Date

~~During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, the~~ The Community Banking segment reported net income of ~~$26 million, compared to $34~~$195 million for the ~~nine~~six months ended ~~September~~June 30, ~~2016.~~2021, compared to $12 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020. The $8increase was driven by the following:

•Net interest income increased $68 million ~~decrease~~driven by higher average loan and deposit balances, led by our warehouse business partially offset by lower margins due to interest rate cuts which took place at the end of March 2020.

•Compensation and benefits expense increased $4 million primarily driven by higher incentive compensation in ~~net income~~the first half of 2021 due to the continued strong financial performance, especially in our warehouse business, which was not seen in the first part of 2020 due to the initial impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

•The benefit from credit losses was $13 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021 primarily due to the $16 million recovery on a ~~$15~~previously charged-off loan. The $5 million ~~decrease in net gain on loans sales and a $12 million increase in~~ provision for credit losses for the six months ended June 30, 2020 was primarily as a result of pre-pandemic loan ~~losses, primarily resulting~~growth.

•Other noninterest expense decreased $140 million driven by lower intersegment expense allocations related to the benefit from credit in 2021 as economic conditions have improved for the ~~sale of performing residential loans out~~six months ended June 30, 2021 as compared to the economic conditions experienced during the onset of the ~~LHFI portfolio during~~pandemic resulting in a significant provision for credit losses for the ~~nine~~six months ended ~~September~~June 30, ~~2016. These decreases were partially offset by a $21 million increase in net interest income due to loan growth, led by an increase in commercial loans and higher average loan yields.~~2020.

Mortgage Originations

We are a leading national originator of residential first mortgages. Our Mortgage Originations segment utilizes multiple distribution channels to originate or acquire one-to-four family residential mortgage loans on a national scale, primarily to sell. Subsequent to sale, we retain certain mortgage servicing rights which are reported at their fair value. The fair value includes service fee revenues, a cost to service which is an intercompany allocation paid to our servicing business, and other financial line impacts. We originate and retain certain mortgage loans in our LHFI portfolio which generate interest income in the Mortgage Originations segment.


	Three Months Ended,									Six Months Ended,
Mortgage Originations	June 30, 2021			March 31, 2021			Change			June 30, 2021			June 30, 2020			Change
	(Dollars in millions)
Summary of Operations
Net interest income	$	58		$	56		$	2		$	114		$	98		$	16
Benefit for credit losses	(2)			(2)			—			(4)			(5)			1
Net interest income after benefit for credit losses	60			58			2			118			103			15
Net gain on loan sales	168			227			(59)			395			393			2
Loan fees and charges	18			24			(6)			41			33			8
Loan administration expense	(9)			(10)			1			(20)			(15)			(5)
Net return on mortgage servicing rights	(5)			—			(5)			(5)			(2)			(3)
Other noninterest income	2			3			(1)			5			2			3
Total noninterest income	174			244			(70)			416			411			5
Compensation and benefits	49			54			(5)			103			69			34
Commissions	50			61			(11)			111			89			22
Loan processing expense	12			11			1			23			18			5
Other noninterest expense	20			22			(2)			42			82			(40)
Total noninterest expense	131			148			(17)			279			258			21
Income before indirect overhead allocations and income taxes	103			154			(51)			255			256			(1)
Indirect overhead allocation	(16)			(19)			3			(35)			(27)			(8)
Provision for income taxes	18			28			(10)			46			48			(2)
Net income	$	69		$	107		$	(38)		$	174		$	181		$	(7)

Key Metrics
Mortgage rate lock commitments (fallout-adjusted) (1)(2)	$	12,400		$	12,300		$	100		$	24,800		$	25,000		$	(200)
Noninterest expense to closing volume	1.02		%	1.07		%	(0.05)		%	1.02		%	1.36		%	(0.34)		%
Number of FTE employees	2,134			2,083			100			2,134			1,599			500

(1)Fallout-adjusted refers to mortgage rate lock commitments which are adjusted by a percentage of mortgage loans in the pipeline that are not expected to close based on our historical experience and the impact of changes in interest rates.

(2)Rounded to nearest hundred million.

Comparison to Prior ~~Year~~ Quarter

The Mortgage Originations ~~segment's~~segment reported net income of $69 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2021 as compared to $107 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2021. The decrease was driven by the following:

•Net gain on loan sales decreased $8$59 million to ~~$31~~$168 million, ~~during the three months ended September 30, 2017,~~as compared to ~~$39~~$227 million in the ~~three months ended September 30, 2016. The decrease was~~first quarter 2021. Gain on sale margins decreased by 49 basis points, to 1.35 percent for the second quarter 2021, as compared to 1.84 percent for the first quarter 2021 primarily driven by competitive factors and channel mix-based margin compression.

•Net return on mortgage servicing rights decreased $5 million primarily due to a ~~$24 million increase in noninterest expense~~higher write-off of mortgage servicing right fair value for those LGG that were repurchased during the three months ended September 30, 2017, primarily driven by higher compensation and benefits due to growth initiatives and higher commissions resulting from higher loan production. Additionally, the net gain on loans salessecond quarter.

•Commissions decreased ~~$16~~$11 million, driven by a 29 basis point decrease in margin resulting from a more competitive market and product mix. These decreases in net income were partially offset by a $17 million increase in the net return on MSRs driven by increases in the interest rate environment experienced during the third quarter of 2017 which resulted in lower prepayments and favorable fair value adjustments, as well as a $10 million increase in net interest income primarily due to ~~an increase~~a 7 percent reduction in mortgage ~~volume and the benefit of extended turn times which shifts earnings from gain on sale to net interest income.~~loan closings.

Comparison to Prior Year to Date

The Mortgage Originations ~~segment's~~segment reported net income ~~decreased $12~~of $174 million ~~to $87 million during~~for the ~~nine~~six months ended ~~September~~June 30, ~~2017, compared to $99~~2021 and $181 million infor the ~~nine~~six months ended ~~September~~June 30, ~~2016.~~2020. The decrease was driven by the following:

•Net interest income increased $16 million primarily due to

~~a $55 million decrease in net gain on loan sales driven by a 26 basis point decrease in margin~~ $1.7 billion higher average LHFS balances resulting from ~~product mix~~a 28 percent increase in mortgage closings.

•Loan fees and ~~a more competitive market. Other noninterest~~charges, commissions and loan processing expense all increased ~~$39~~due to $5.9 billion, or 28 percent higher closings and increased retail mix.

•Compensation and benefits increased $34 million primarily due to higher operating expenses associated with growth initiatives, which include an increase in compensation and benefits and higher commissions resulting from an increase in mortgage volume. These decreases in net income were partially offset by a $47 million increase in net return on MSRs primarily dueaverage FTE to ~~an increase in the interest rate environment in the first nine months of 2017 which resulted in lower prepayments and favorable fair value adjustments. Net interest income increased $29~~support business growth.

•Other noninterest expense decreased $40 million primarily ~~resulting from an increase in mortgage activity and~~driven by lower intersegment expense allocations related to the benefit from credit in 2021 as economic conditions have improved for the six months ended June 30, 2021 as compared to the economic conditions experienced during the onset of ~~extending turn times.~~the pandemic resulting in a significant provision for credit losses for the six months ended June 30, 2020.

Mortgage Servicing

The Mortgage Servicing segment services loans when we hold the MSR asset, and subservices mortgage loans for others through a scalable servicing platform on a fee for service basis. The loans we service generate custodial deposits which provide a stable funding source supporting interest-earning asset generation in the Community Banking and Mortgage Originations segments. We earn income from other segments for the use of non-interest bearing escrows. Revenue for serviced and subserviced loans is earned on a contractual fee basis, with the fees varying based on our responsibilities and the delinquency or payment status of the underlying loans. Along with these contractual fees, we may also collect ancillary fees related to these loans. The Mortgage Servicing segment also services residential mortgages for our LHFI portfolio in the Community Banking segment and our own MSR portfolio in the Mortgage Originations segment for which it earns intersegment revenue on a fee per loan basis. Our continued growth in our subservicing business and the strength of our platform has made us the 6th largest subservicer in the nation.


	Three Months Ended,						Six Months Ended,
Mortgage Servicing	June 30, 2021		March 31, 2021		Change		June 30, 2021		June 30, 2020		Change
	(Dollars in millions)
Summary of Operations
Net interest income	$	3	$	4	$	(1)	$	7	$	8	$	(1)

Loan fees and charges	19		18		$	1	37		28		$	9
Loan administration income	40		40		$	—	80		72		$	8
Total noninterest income	59		58		1		117		100		17
Compensation and benefits	16		16		—		32		21		11
Loan processing expense	8		8		—		15		16		(1)
Other noninterest expense	21		22		(1)		44		36		8
Total noninterest expense	45		46		(1)		91		73		18
Income before indirect overhead allocations and income taxes	17		16		1		33		35		(2)
Indirect overhead allocation	(5)		(6)		1		(10)		(11)		1
Provision for income taxes	3		2		1		5		5		—
Net income	$	9	$	8	$	1	$	18	$	19	$	(1)

Key Metrics
Average number of residential loans serviced (1)	1,165,000		1,117,000		48,000		1,165,000		1,066,000		99,000
Number of FTE employees	730		721		9		730		507		223

(1)Rounded to nearest thousand.

The following table presents loans serviced and the number of accounts associated with those loans:


	June 30, 2021				March 31, 2021			December 31, 2020			September 30, 2020			June 30, 2020
	Unpaid Principal Balance (1)		Number of accounts		Unpaid Principal Balance (1)		Number of accounts	Unpaid Principal Balance (1)		Number of accounts	Unpaid Principal Balance (1)		Number of accounts	Unpaid Principal Balance (1)		Number of accounts
	(Dollars in millions)
Loan Servicing
Subserviced for others (2)	$	211,775	975,467		$	197,053	921,126	$	178,606	867,799	$	180,981	893,559	$	174,517	854,693
Serviced for others (3)	34,263		139,029		40,402		160,511	38,026		151,081	37,908		148,868	29,846		122,779
Serviced for own loan portfolio (4)	9,685		67,988		9,965		66,363	10,079		66,519	8,469		62,486	9,211		64,142
Total loans serviced	$	255,723	$	1,182,484	$	247,420	1,148,000	$	226,711	1,085,399	$	227,358	1,104,913	$	213,574	1,041,614

(1)UPB, net of write downs, does not include premiums or discounts.

(2)Loans subserviced for a fee for non-Flagstar owned loans or MSRs. Includes temporary short-term subservicing performed as a result of sales of servicing-released MSRs.

(3)Loans for which Flagstar owns the MSR.

(4)Includes LHFI (residential first mortgage, home equity and other consumer), LHFS (residential first mortgage), LGG (residential first mortgage), and repossessed assets.

Comparison to Prior ~~Year~~ Quarter

The Mortgage Servicing segment reported a net ~~loss~~income of $4$9 million for the ~~three months~~quarter ended ~~September~~June 30, ~~2017,~~2021, compared to a net ~~loss~~income of $3$8 million for the ~~three months~~quarter ended ~~September 30, 2016. The increase in net losses is primarily due to~~March 31, 2021 as a ~~decrease in loan administration income, partially offset by~~result of a consistent number of loans serviced and slightly higher ~~subservicing fees driven by an increase in average portfolio volume and an improvement in other noninterest expenses.~~ancillary fees.

Comparison to Prior Year to Date

The Mortgage Servicing segment reported a net ~~loss~~income of ~~$12~~$18 million for the ~~nine~~six months ended ~~September~~June 30, 2017, compared to a net loss of $9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016. The increase in net losses is primarily due to a decrease in loan administration income and a decrease in net interest income due to lower average company controlled deposits, partially offset by higher subservicing fees driven by higher average portfolio volume.

~~Other~~

~~Comparison to Prior Year Quarter~~

For the three months ended September 30, 2017, the Other segment's net income was $3 million, compared to net income of $14 million for the three months ended September 30, 2016. The $11 million decrease is primarily due to a $24 million decrease in the fair value of the DOJ settlement liability which was recorded in the third quarter of 2016. This decrease is partially offset by an increase in net interest income due to higher average investment balances due to the pulling ahead of planned purchases of investments to take advantage of a higher market return.

~~Comparison to Prior Year to Date~~

~~For the nine months ended September 30, 2017, the Other segment's net income was $7 million,~~2021, compared to net income of $19 million for the ~~nine~~six months ended ~~September~~June 30, ~~2016.~~2020. The ~~$12~~$1 million decrease in net income was driven by a $17 million increase in noninterest income primarily driven by higher ancillary fee income and a decline in LIBOR-based fees paid to sub-servicing customers on custodial deposits. This was more than offset by an $18 million increase in noninterest expenses as a result of an increase in FTE and the average number of loans serviced which drove compensation and benefits and other noninterest expense higher.

Other

The Other segment includes the treasury functions, which include the impact of interest rate risk management, balance sheet funding activities and the investment securities portfolios, as well as other expenses of a corporate nature, including corporate staff, risk management, and legal expenses which are charged to the line of business segments. The Other segment charges each operating segment a daily funds transfer pricing rate on their average assets which resets more rapidly than the underlying borrowing costs resulting in an asset sensitive position. In addition, the Other segment includes revenue and expenses not directly assigned or allocated to the Community Banking, Mortgage Originations or Mortgage Servicing segments.


	Three Months Ended,						Six Months Ended,
Other	June 30, 2021		March 31, 2021		Change		June 30, 2021		June 30, 2020		Change
	(Dollars in millions)
Summary of Operations
Net interest income	$	(27)	$	(27)	$	—	$	(55)	$	(27)	$	(28)
(Benefit) provision for credit losses	(43)		(12)		(31)		(55)		116		(171)
Net interest income after (benefit) provision for credit losses	16		(15)		31		—		(143)		143


Loan administration expense	(3)		(3)		—		(6)		(22)		16
Other noninterest income	7		7		—		14		14		—
Total noninterest income	4		4		—		8		(8)		16
Compensation and benefits	30		43		(13)		76		77		(1)

Loan processing expense	—		1		(1)		2		2		—
Other noninterest expense	54		51		3		101		(107)		208
Total noninterest expense	84		95		(11)		179		(28)		207
Income before indirect overhead allocations and income taxes	(64)		(106)		42		(171)		(123)		(48)
Indirect overhead allocation	30		35		(5)		64		58		6
Provision for income taxes	(4)		(10)		6		(16)		(14)		(2)
Net loss	$	(30)	$	(61)	$	31	$	(91)	$	(51)	$	(40)

Key Metrics
Number of FTE employees	1,484		1,340		144		1,484		1,143		341

Comparison to Prior Quarter

The Other segment reported a net loss of $30 million, for the quarter ended June 30, 2021, compared to a net loss of $61 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2021. The $31 million lower loss was primarily driven by a $35 million final settlement expense for the DOJ Liability recorded in the first quarter. A benefit for credit losses of $43 million was recorded in the second quarter of 2021 driven by improved economic forecasts as a result of the continued vaccine rollout and the lifting of most COVID-19 restrictions and improvements in the performance of our portfolio, particularly those previously hit hardest by the pandemic. The (benefit) provision for credit losses is directly allocated to the other applicable segments through other noninterest expense. The majority of all other activity within the Other segment largely offsets and is allocated back to the operating segments, recorded as a contra other noninterest expense.

Comparison to Prior Year to Date

The Other segment reported a net loss of $91 million, for the quarter ended June 30, 2021, compared to a net loss of $51 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2020. The $40 million decrease was primarily due to a ~~$24~~$28 million decrease in ~~the fair value~~net interest income as a result of the Bank’s overall asset sensitive position and the lower average rates during the six months ended June 30, 2021 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2020 and the $35 million final settlement expense for the DOJ ~~settlement liability which was~~Liability recorded in 2021. The benefit for credit losses was $55 million in the ~~third~~second quarter 2021 compared to a provision of ~~2016, partially offset by decrease~~$116 million in the second quarter 2020. The variance is the result of improving economic forecasts as compared to forecasts at the initial onset of the pandemic. The difference between the consolidated provision for credit losses and the sum of total net charge-offs and the change in loan balances is assigned to the Other segment. This amount includes changes related to the economic forecasts, model changes, qualitative adjustments and credit downgrades. The provision for credit losses is then directly allocated to the other applicable segments through other noninterest expense. The majority of all other activity within the Other segment largely offsets and is allocated back to the operating segments, recorded as contra other noninterest expense.

~~RISK MANAGEMENT~~

Risk Management

~~Like all financial services companies, we engage~~

Certain risks are inherent in our business ~~activities~~ and ~~assume the related risks. The risks we are subject to in the normal course of business~~ include, but are not limited to, operational, strategic, credit, regulatory compliance, legal, ~~reputation,~~reputational, liquidity, market ~~operational,~~ and ~~strategic.~~cybersecurity. We ~~have made significant investments~~continuously invest in our risk management activities which are focused on ensuring we properly identify, measure and manage such risks across the entire enterprise to maintain safety and soundness and maximize profitability. We hold capital to protect us from ~~the risk of~~ unexpected ~~loss.~~loss arising from these risks.

A comprehensive discussion of risks affecting us can be found in the Risk Factors section included in Part I, Item 1A of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, ~~2016.~~2020 and in Part II, Item 1A of this Quarterly Report on

Form 10-Q. Some of the more significant processes used to manage and control credit, market, liquidity ~~market,~~ and operational risks are described in the following paragraphs.

Credit Risk

Credit risk is the risk of loss to us arising from an obligor’s inability or failure to meet contractual payment or performance terms. We provide loans, extend credit, ~~purchase securities,~~ and enter into financial derivative contracts, all of which have related credit risk. We manage credit risk using a thorough process designed to ensure we make prudent and consistent credit decisions. The process was developed with a focus on utilizing risk-based limits and credit concentrations while emphasizing diversification on a geographic, industry and customer level. The process utilizes documented underwriting guidelines, comprehensive documentation standards, and ongoing portfolio monitoring including the timely review and resolution of credits experiencing deterioration. These activities, along with the management of credit policies and credit officers’ delegated authority, are centrally managed by our credit risk team.

We maintain ~~a strict~~ credit ~~limit,~~limits in compliance with regulatory ~~requirements, in order to maintain a diversified loan portfolio and manage our credit exposure to any one borrower or obligor.~~requirements. Under ~~the Home Owners Loan Act ("HOLA"), savings associations are generally subject to national bank limits on loans to one borrower. Generally, per~~ HOLA, the Bank may not make a loan or extend credit to a single or related group of borrowers in excess of 15 percent of Tier 1 ~~and~~plus Tier 2 capital ~~plus~~and any portion of the ~~allowance for loan losses~~ACL not included in the Tier 2 capital. This ~~lending~~ limit was ~~$249~~$432 million as of ~~September~~June 30, ~~2017. Flagstar maintains~~2021. We maintain a more conservative maximum internal Bank credit limit than required by HOLA, of $100 million ~~(commitment level)~~ to any one borrower/obligor relationship, with the exception of warehouse borrower/obligor relationships which ~~is more conservative than~~have a higher internal Bank limit of $150 million. During 2020, the Board approved the extension of short-term “overlines” to certain warehouse borrowers as all advances are fully collateralized by residential mortgage loans and this asset class has had very low levels of historical loss, resulting in a temporary increase of the warehouse borrower limit ~~required by HOLA. All~~to $200 million. We have a tracking and reporting process to monitor lending concentration levels, and all new commercial credit exposures to a single or related borrower that exceed $50 million and all new warehouse credit exposures to a single or related borrower that exceed $75 million must be approved by the Board of Directors.

~~The~~ Our commercial loan portfolio has been built on our relationship-based lending strategy. We provide financing and banking products to our commercial customers in our core banking footprint and will follow those established customer relationships to meet their financing needs in areas outside of our footprint. We have also formed relationship lending on a national scale through our home builder finance and warehouse lending businesses. At June 30, 2021, we had $10.4 billion in our commercial loan portfolio with our warehouse lending and home builder finance businesses accounting for 64 percent of the total. Of the remaining commercial loans in our portfolio, the majority of CRE and C&I loans were with customers who have established relationships within our ~~credit~~core banking footprint.

Credit risk within the commercial loan portfolio is ~~associated with lending activities, as~~managed using concentration limits based on line of business, industry, geography and product type. This is managed through the ~~acceptance and management~~use of ~~credit risk is central to profitable lending. We manage our credit risk by establishing sound~~strict underwriting guidelines detailed in credit policies, ongoing loan level reviews, monitoring of the concentration limits and continuous portfolio risk management reporting. The commercial credit policy outlines the risks and underwriting requirements and provides a framework for all credit and lending activities. Our commercial loan credit policies consider maturity and amortization terms, maximum LTVs, minimum debt service coverage ratios, construction loan monitoring procedures, appraisal requirements, pro-forma analysis requirements and thresholds for product specific advance rates.

We typically originate loans on a recourse basis with full or partial guarantees. On a limited basis, we may approve loans without recourse if sufficient consideration is provided in the loan structure. Non-recourse loans primarily have low LTVs, strong cash flow coverage or other mitigating factors supporting the lack of a guaranty. These guidelines also require an appraisal of pledged collateral prior to closing and on an as-needed basis when market conditions justify. We contract with a variety of independent licensed professional firms to conduct appraisals that are in compliance with our internal commercial credit and appraisal policies and regulatory requirements.

Our commercial loan portfolio includes leveraged lending. The Bank defines a transaction as leveraged when two or more of the following conditions exist: 1) proceeds from the loan are used for buyouts, acquisitions, recapitalization or capital distributions, 2) the borrower's total funded debt to EBITDA ratio is greater than four or Senior Funded Debt to EBITDA ratio is greater than three, 3) the borrower has a high debt to net worth ratio within its industry or sector as defined by internal limits, and 4) debt leverage significantly exceeds industry norms or historical levels for leverage as defined by internal limits. Leveraged lending transactions typically result in leverage ratios that are significantly above industry norms or historical levels. Our leveraged lending portfolio and other loan portfolios with above-average default probabilities tend to behave similarly during a downturn in the general economy or a downturn within a specific sector. Consequently, we take steps to avoid undue concentrations by setting limits consistent with our appetite for risk and our financial capacity. In addition, there are specific

underwriting conditions set for our leveraged loan portfolio and there is additional emphasis on certain items beyond the standard underwriting process including synergies, collateral shortfall and projections.

Our commercial loan portfolio also includes loans that are part of the SNC Program. A SNC is defined as any loan or loan commitment totaling at least $100 million that is shared by three or more federally regulated institutions. On an annual basis, a joint regulatory task force performs a risk assessment of all SNCs. When completed, these risk ratings are shared and our risk rating must be no better than the risk rating listed in the SNC assessment. Exposure and credit quality for SNCs are carefully monitored and reported internally.

For our CRE portfolio, including owner and nonowner-occupied properties and home builder finance lending, we obtain independent appraisals as part of our underwriting and ~~adhering~~monitoring process. These appraisals are reviewed by an internal appraisal group that is independent from our sales and credit teams.

The home builder finance group is a national relationship-based lending platform that focuses on markets with strong housing fundamentals and higher population growth potential. The team primarily originates construction and development loans. We generally lend in metropolitan areas or counties where verifiable market statistics and data are readily available to ~~well controlled processes.~~support underwriting and ongoing monitoring. We ~~utilize various~~also evaluate the jurisdictions and laws, demographic trends (age, population and income), housing characteristics and economic indicators (unemployment, economic growth, household income trends) for the geographies where our borrowers primarily operate. We engage independent licensed professionals to supply market studies and feasibility reports, environmental assessments and project site inspections to complement the procedures we perform internally. Further, we perform ongoing monitoring of the projects including periodic inspections of collateral and annual portfolio and individual credit reviews.

The consumer loan portfolio has been built on strong underwriting criteria and within concentration limits intended to diversify our risk ~~management and monitoring activities~~profile. We have built our consumer loan portfolio by adding high quality first mortgage loans to ~~mitigate risks associated with loans that we hold, acquire, and originate.~~our balance sheet making up 49 percent of our total consumer loan portfolio at June 30, 2021.

Loans ~~held-for-investment~~Held-for-Investment

The following table summarizes ~~loans held-for-investment~~the amortized cost of our LHFI by category:


	June 30, 2021		% of Total		December 31, 2020		% of Total		Change
	(Dollars in millions)
Consumer loans
Residential first mortgage	$	1,794	12.8	%	$	2,266	14.0	%	$	(472)
Home equity (1)	717		5.1	%	856		5.2	%	(139)
Other	1,133		8.1	%	1,004		6.2	%	129
Total consumer loans	3,644		25.9	%	4,126		25.4	%	(482)
Commercial loans
Commercial real estate	3,169		22.6	%	3,061		18.9	%	108
Commercial and industrial	1,376		9.8	%	1,382		8.5	%	(6)
Warehouse lending	5,863		41.7	%	7,658		47.2	%	(1,795)
Total commercial loans	10,408		74.1	%	12,101		74.6	%	(1,693)
Total loans held-for-investment	$	14,052	100.0	%	$	16,227	100.0	%	$	(2,175)

September 30, 2017 December 31, 2016 Change
(Dollars in millions)
Consumer loans
Residential first mortgage $ 2,665
$ 2,327
$ 338
Home equity 496
443
53
Other 26
28
(2 )
Total consumer loans 3,187
2,798
389
Commercial loans
Commercial real estate (1)
1,760
1,261
$ 499
Commercial and industrial 1,097
769
328
Warehouse lending 1,159
1,237
(78 )
Total commercial loans 4,016
3,267
749
Total loans held-for-investment $ 7,203
$ 6,065
$ 1,138


~~(1)~~	~~Includes $270 million and $245 million of owner occupied commercial real estate loans at September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.~~

(1)Includes second mortgages, HELOCs and HELOANs.

~~Loans held-for-investment increased $1.1~~

The decrease in our commercial loan portfolio of $1.7 billion, ~~at September 30, 2017~~or 14 percent, is mainly due to warehouse repayments outpacing advances from December 31, ~~2016. This increase was due~~2020 to ~~our continued effort to grow both the~~June 30, 2021. Our consumer loan portfolio ~~and commercial loan portfolio.~~

The commercial loan portfolio growth strengthens our Community Banking segment by improving margins through the additions of higher yielding loans. As a result, the commercial loan portfolio has grown $749decreased $482 million, or 2312 percent, ~~since~~from December 31, ~~2016. During~~2020 to June 30, 2021 as a $129 million increase in other consumer loans was more than offset by a $472 million decrease in residential first mortgage loans due to higher refinance activity and lower new closings to the ~~nine months ended September 30, 2017, our CRE portfolio grew $499 million and C&I $328 million.~~

~~For further information, see Note 4 - Loans Held-for-Investment.~~HFI portfolio.

Residential first mortgage loans. We originate or purchase various types of conforming and non-conforming fixed and adjustable rate loans underwritten using Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac guidelines for the purpose of purchasing or refinancing owner occupied and second home properties. We typically hold certain mortgage loans in LHFI that do not qualify for sale to the Agencies and that have an acceptable yield and risk profile. The LTV requirements on our residential first mortgage loans vary depending on occupancy, property type, loan amount, and FICO scores. Loans with LTVs exceeding 80 percent are

required to obtain mortgage insurance. ~~We hold for investment, higher yielding~~As of June 30, 2021, loans in this portfolio had an average current FICO score of 738 and ~~loans that will diversify or enhance the interest rate characteristics~~an average current LTV of ~~our balance sheet.~~ 55 percent.

The following table presents amortized cost of our total residential first mortgage LHFI by major category:


	June 30, 2021		December 31, 2020
	(Dollars in millions)
Estimated LTVs (1)
Less than 80% and current FICO scores (2):
Equal to or greater than 660	$	1,085	$	1,408
Less than 660	56		65
80% and greater and current FICO scores (2):
Equal to or greater than 660	542		685
Less than 660	111		108
Total	$	1,794	$	2,266
Geographic region
California	$	580	$	806
Michigan	456		435
Texas	105		150
Florida	89		108
Washington	74		126
New York	46		55
Colorado	40		57
Illinois	36		51
Arizona	30		50
Indiana	29		34
Other	308		394
Total	$	1,793	$	2,266

September 30, 2017 December 31, 2016
(Dollars in millions)
Current estimated LTV ratios
Less than 80% and refreshed FICO scores (1):

Equal to or greater than 660 $ 2,389
$ 2,077
Less than 660 76
95
80% and greater and refreshed FICO scores (1):

Equal to or greater than 660 132
78
Less than 660 8
9
U.S. government guaranteed 60
68
Total $ 2,665
$ 2,327
Geographic region
California $ 1,059
$ 858
Michigan 267
236
Florida 193
193
Texas 174
138
Washington 160
136
Illinois 97
84
Arizona 73
65
New York 72
68
Colorado 66
60
Maryland 65
59
Others 439
430
Total $ 2,665
$ 2,327


~~(1)~~	~~FICO scores are updated at least on a quarterly basis or sooner if available.~~

(1)LTVs reflect loan balance at the date reported, as a percentage of property values as appraised at loan closing.

(2)FICO scores are updated at least on a quarterly basis or more frequently, if available.

The following table presents amortized cost of our total residential first mortgage LHFI as of June 30, 2021, by year of closing:


	2021			2020			2019			2018			2017 and Prior			Total
	(Dollars in millions)
Residential first mortgage loans	$	206		$	325		$	481		$	217		$	866		$	2,095
Percent of total	9.8		%	15.5		%	23.0		%	10.4		%	41.3		%	100.0		%

Home equity. Our home equity portfolio includes ~~first and~~HELOANs, second ~~lien positions for HELOANs~~mortgage loans, and HELOCs. These loans require full documentation and are underwritten and priced in an effort to ensure ~~high~~ credit quality and loan profitability. Our debt-to-income ratio on ~~second mortgages~~HELOANs and HELOCs is capped at 43 percent and ~~for HELOCs is capped at~~ 45 ~~percent.~~percent, respectively. We currently limit the maximum CLTV to 89.99 percent and FICO scores to a minimum of ~~660. Current second~~700. Second mortgage ~~loans/HELOANS~~loans and HELOANs are fixed rate loans and are available with terms up to 1520 years. HELOC loans are ~~adjustable-rate~~variable-rate loans that contain a 10-year ~~interest-only~~interest only draw period followed by a 20-year amortizing period. As of June 30, 2021, loans in this portfolio had an average current FICO score of 749 and an average CLTV of 61 percent. At June 30, 2021, HELOCs and HELOANs in a first lien position totaled $203 million.

Other consumer loans. Our other consumer loan portfolio consists of secured and unsecured loans originated through our indirect lending business, third party closings and our Community Banking segment.

The following table presents amortized cost of our other consumer loan portfolio by purchase type:


	June 30, 2021				December 31, 2020
	Balance		% of Portfolio		Balance		% of Portfolio
	(Dollars in millions)
Indirect lending	$	866	76	%	$	744	74	%
Point of sale	225		20	%	211		21	%
Other	42		4	%	49		5	%
Total other consumer loans	$	1,133	100	%	$	1,004	100	%

Other consumer loans were $1.1 billion and $1.0 billion at June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. Our non-auto, boat and recreational vehicle indirect lending businesses were consistent with the prior quarter; as of June 30, 2021, 67 percent is secured by boats and 33 percent are secured by recreational vehicles and our point of sale portfolio. As of June 30, 2021, loans in our indirect portfolio had an average current FICO score of 749. Point of sale loans consist of unsecured consumer installment loans through a third-party financial technology company who also provides us a level of credit loss protection.

Commercial real estate loans. The CRE portfolio contains loans collateralized by diversified property types which are primarily income producing in the normal course of business. The majority of our retail exposure is to neighborhood centers and single tenant locations, which include pharmacies and hardware stores. Generally, the maximum LTV is 80 percent, or 90 percent for owner-occupied real estate, and the minimum debt service coverage is 1.20. Our CRE loans primarily earn interest at a variable rate.

Our national home builder finance program within our commercial portfolio contained $2.0 billion in commitments with $838 million in outstanding loans as of June 30, 2021. Certain of these loans are collateralized and included in our CRE portfolio while the remaining loans are unsecured and included in our C&I portfolio.

As of June 30, 2021, our CRE portfolio included $175 million of SNCs and one leveraged lending loan of $4 million. The SNC portfolio had sixteen borrowers with an average amortized cost of $15 million and an average commitment of $17 million. There were no nonperforming SNC or leveraged loans as of June 30, 2021, and no SNC or leveraged loans outstanding were rated as special mention or substandard.

The following table presents amortized cost of our total CRE LHFI by collateral location and collateral type:


	MI			TX			CA			OH			CO			Other			Total			% by collateral type
	(Dollars in millions)
June 30, 2021
Home builder	$	32		$	186		$	130		$	—		$	50		$	308		$	706		22.3	%
Owner occupied	247			1			26			1			—			66			341			10.8	%
Multi family	241			106			55			64			28			99			593			18.7	%
Retail (1)	163			—			4			54			1			67			289			9.1	%
Office	188			14			—			4			2			41			249			7.9	%
Hotel	156			—			25			27			—			99			307			9.7	%
Senior living facility	100			25			—			51			10			43			229			7.2	%
Industrial	64			—			28			—			22			36			150			4.7	%
Parking garage/lot	80			9			1			—			1			35			126			4.0	%
Land-residential (2)	—			—			7			—			—			5			12			0.4	%
Shopping Mall	—			—			16			—			—			—			16			0.5	%
Single family residence (3)	2			—			—			—			—			5			7			0.2	%
All other (4)	8			46			30			—			24			36			144			4.5	%
Total	$	1,281		$	387		$	322		$	201		$	138		$	840		$	3,169		100.0	%
Percent by state	40.4		%	12.2		%	10.2		%	6.3		%	4.4		%	26.5		%	100.0		%

(1)Includes multipurpose retail space, neighborhood centers, shopping centers and single-use retail space.

(2)Loans secured by land. Land residential includes development and unimproved vacant land.

(3)Loans secured by 1-4 single family residence properties.

(4)All other primarily includes: mini-storage facilities, data centers, movie theaters, etc.

Commercial and industrial loans. ~~Commercial and industrial~~C&I LHFI facilities typically include lines of credit and term loans and leases to businesses for use in normal business operations to finance working capital, equipment and capital purchases, acquisitions and expansion projects. We lend to customers with a history of profitability and a long-term business model. Generally, leverage conforms to industry standards and the minimum debt service coverage is ~~1.20. Most~~1.20 times. The majority of our C&I loans earn interest at a variable rate.

As of June 30, 2021, our C&I portfolio included $633 million of SNCs. We are the lead bank on 21 percent of the SNCs. The finance and insurance sector and the services sector comprised the majority of the portfolio's NBV with 44 and 28 percent of the balance, respectively. The SNC portfolio had forty-nine borrowers with an average amortized cost of $13 million and an average commitment of $30 million. There were no NPLs, $1 million of loans were rated as special mention, and loans totaling $22 million of amortized cost were rated as substandard as of June 30, 2021.

As of June 30, 2021, our C&I portfolio included $275 million of leveraged lending, of which $139 million were SNCs. The manufacturing sector comprised 53 percent of the leveraged lending portfolio, and the financial and insurance sector comprised 21 percent. There were $17 million in NPLs as of June 30, 2021, and loans totaling $36 million and $29 million were rated as special mention and substandard, respectively. Included in the financial and insurance sector within our C&I portfolio are $188 million in loans outstanding to 5 borrowers that are collateralized by MSR assets. Our amounts outstanding to those borrowers range from $0 million to $85 million and the ratio of the loan outstanding to the fair market value of the collateral ranges from 17 percent to 53 percent.

The following table presents amortized cost of our total C&I LHFI by borrower's geographic location and industry ~~type:~~type as defined by North American Industry Classification System:


	MI			FL			MN			NY			TX			SC			CA			OH			WI			IN			Other			Total			% by industry
	(Dollars in millions)
June 30, 2021
Financial & Insurance	$	19		$	76		$	85		$	30		$	80		$	68		$	16		$	16		$	18		$	15		$	69		$	492		35.8	%
Services	110			—			22			—			1			—			11			2			—			4			116			266			19.3	%
Manufacturing	176			—			—			18			—			—			5			30			5			—			44			278			20.2	%
Home Builder Finance	—			80			—			39			—			—			20			—			—			—			—			139			10.1	%
Rental & Leasing	85			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			14			99			7.2	%
Distribution	39			—			—			—			—			—			6			1			—			1			16			63			4.6	%
Healthcare	2			—			—			—			—			—			1			1			—			—			5			9			0.7	%
Government & Education	2			—			—			—			—			—			2			—			—			—			12			16			1.2	%
Servicing Advances	—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			10			10			0.7	%
Commodities	1			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			—			1			2			4			0.3	%
Total	$	434		$	156		$	107		$	87		$	81		$	68		$	61		$	50		$	23		$	21		$	288		$	1,376		100.0	%
Percent by state	31.6		%	11.3		%	7.8		%	6.3		%	5.9		%	4.9		%	4.4		%	3.6		%	1.7		%	1.5		%	21.0		%	100.0		%

Michigan Texas Florida California Tennessee Other Total % by industry
(Dollars in millions)
September 30, 2017
Industry Type
Financial & Insurance $ 23
$ —
$ 50
$ —
$ 12
$ 228
$ 313
28.5 %
Services (1)
71
73
—
34
—
114
292
26.6 %
Manufacturing 61
5
—
23
—
87
176
16.0 %
Healthcare 29
7
1
1
44
27
109
9.9 %
Distribution 57
—
—
2
—
—
59
5.4 %
Servicing advances —
—
21
—
—
25
46
4.2 %
Rental & leasing 44
—
—
—
—
2
46
4.2 %
Government & education 9
—
—
—
—
36
45
4.1 %
Commodities 5
—
—
—
—
6
11
1.0 %
Total $ 299
$ 85
$ 72
$ 60
$ 56
$ 525
$ 1,097
100.0 %
Percent by state 27.3 % 7.7 % 6.6 % 5.5 % 5.1 % 47.9 % 100.0 %


~~(1)~~	~~Includes unsecured home builder loans of $98 million at September 30, 2017.~~

~~Commercial real estate loans.~~ Flagstar has a well-diversified commercial real estate portfolio, largely based in Michigan. Generally, the maximum LTV is 80 percent, or 85 percent for owner-occupied real estate, and debt service coverage of 1.20 to 1.35 times. This portfolio also includes owner occupied real estate loans and secured home builder loans.

~~In 2016, we launched~~ Warehouse lending. We have a national home builder finance program to grow our balance sheet, increase commercial deposits and develop incremental revenue through our retail purchase mortgage channel. We finance and have active relationshipsplatform with homebuilders nationwide. At September 30, 2017, home builder loans totaled $516 million. Of that $98 million is unsecured which is included in our C&I portfolio and $418 million is collateralized which is included in our CRE portfolio. We had an additional $505 million of unused home builder lending commitments at September 30, 2017.

~~The following table presents our total CRE LHFI by borrower's geographic location and collateral type:~~

Michigan Florida California Colorado Texas Ohio Other Total (1)
(Dollars in millions)
September 30, 2017
Collateral Type
Single family residence (2)
$ 54
$ 78
$ 28
$ 80
$ 81
$ —
$ 51
$ 372
Retail (3)
185
30
7
—
—
5
14
241
Apartments 125
23
—
7
—
47
39
241
Industrial 155
—
35
—
—
—
4
194
Office 164
—
19
—
—
—
—
183
Land - Residential (4)
11
21
32
24
11
—
31
130
Hotel/motel 79
—
—
—
—
—
35
114
Senior Living facility 50
—
—
—
—
12
10
72
Parking garage/Lot 68
—
—
—
—
—
—
68
Non Profit 37
—
—
—
—
—
10
47
Shopping Mall (5)
27
—
—
—
—
—
—
27
Marina 23
—
—
—
—
—
—
23
Movie Theater 20
—
—
—
—
—
—
20
All other (6)
21
—
1
—
—
—
6
28
Total $ 1,019
$ 152
$ 122
$ 111
$ 92
$ 64
$ 200
$ 1,760
Percent by state 57.9 % 8.6 % 6.9 % 6.3 % 5.2 % 3.6 % 11.4 % 100.0 %


~~(1)~~	~~Includes $270 million of commercial owner occupied real estate loans at September 30, 2017.~~


~~(2)~~	~~Includes home builder loans secured by SFR 1-4 properties whether under construction or completed.~~


~~(3)~~	~~Includes multipurpose retail space, neighborhood centers, strip centers and single-use retail space.~~


~~(4)~~	~~Land residential includes development and unimproved vacant land.~~


~~(5)~~	~~Comprised of one shopping mall with an anchor store.~~


~~(6)~~	~~All other primarily includes: condominium, mini storage facilities, ice arena, golf course, gas station, car wash, etc.~~

~~Warehouse lending.~~ relationship managers across the country. We offer warehouse lines of credit to other mortgage lenders which allow the lender to fund the closing of residential mortgage loans. Each extension, advance, or draw-down on the line is fully collateralized by residential mortgage loans and is paid off when the lender sells the loan to an outside investor or, in some instances, to the Bank. ~~For~~In response to COVID-19, we have lowered the ~~three months ended September 30, 2017, the warehouse~~ advance ~~amount of~~rate for loans ~~sold to the Bank totaled $2.9 billion or 36.3 percent. For the nine months ended September 30, 2017, the warehouse advance amount of loans sold to the Bank totaled $8.0 billion or 38.5 percent.~~that we believe have higher risk.

Underlying mortgage loans are predominantly originated using the Agencies' underwriting standards. The guideline for debt to tangible net worth is 15 to 1. Despite the contraction in warehouse lending which occurred in the first quarter 2017, we are continuing to focus on increasing market share in the warehouse lending market through our strategic initiative to increase lending to customers who originate loans they then sell to outside third party investors. We have a national platform with relationship managers covering both coasts and a large Michigan-based sales team. The aggregate committed amount of adjustable-rate warehouse lines of credit granted to other mortgage lenders at ~~September~~June 30, ~~2017~~2021 was ~~$2.7~~$11.0 billion, of which ~~$1.2~~$5.9 billion was outstanding, compared to ~~$2.9~~$8.1 billion at ~~December 31, 2016,~~June 30, 2020, of which ~~$1.2~~$5.2 billion was outstanding.

Credit Quality

~~Trends~~ Our focus on effectively managing credit risk through our careful underwriting standards and processes has resulted in strong trends in certain credit quality characteristics such as nonperforming loans and past due statistics remain very strong and continue to show improvement. This is predominantly a result of effectively managing credit risks and sales of legacy portfolios that included nonperforming and TDR loans which have been replaced by new loans with strong credit characteristics.in our loan portfolios. The credit quality of our loan portfolios is demonstrated by low delinquency levels, minimal charge-offs and low levels of ~~nonperforming loans.~~NPLs.

For all loan categories within the consumer and commercial loan portfolio, loans are placed on nonaccrual status when any portion of principal or interest is 90 days past due (or nonperforming), or earlier when we become aware of information indicating that collection of principal and interest is in doubt. While it is the goal of ~~management~~Management to collect on loans, we attempt to work out a satisfactory repayment schedule or modification with past due borrowers and will undertake foreclosure proceedings if the delinquency is not satisfactorily resolved. Our practices regarding past due loans are designed to both assist borrowers in meeting their contractual obligations and minimize losses incurred by the Bank. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, the accrued interest income is reversed. Loans return to accrual status when principal and interest become current and are anticipated to be fully collectible.

Nonperforming assets

The following table sets forth our nonperforming assets:


	June 30, 2021			December 31, 2020
	(Dollars in millions)
LHFI
Residential first mortgage	$	36		$	23
Home equity	6			3
Other consumer	2			2
Commercial real estate	2			3
Commercial and industrial	17			15
Total nonperforming LHFI	63			46
TDRs
Residential first mortgage	9			8
Home equity	2			2
Total nonperforming TDRs	11			10
Total nonperforming LHFI and TDRs (1)	74			56
Real estate and other nonperforming assets, net	6			8
LHFS	9			9
Total nonperforming assets	$	89		$	73
Nonperforming assets to total assets (2)	0.30		%	0.21		%
Nonperforming LHFI and TDRs to LHFI	0.53		%	0.34		%
Nonperforming assets to LHFI and repossessed assets (2)	0.57		%	0.40		%

September 30, 2017 December 31, 2016
(Dollars in millions)
LHFI
Consumer loans
Residential first mortgage $ 14
$ 18
Home equity 1
4
Commercial
CRE 1
—
Total nonperforming LHFI 16
22
TDRs
Consumer loans
Residential first mortgage 11
11
Home equity 4
7
Total nonperforming TDRs 15
18
Total nonperforming LHFI and TDRs (1)
31
40
Real estate and other nonperforming assets, net 9
14
LHFS 8
6
Total nonperforming assets $ 48
$ 60
Nonperforming assets to total assets (2)
0.24 % 0.39 %
Nonperforming LHFI and TDRs to LHFI 0.44 % 0.67 %
Net charge-offs to LHFI ratio (annualized) (1)
0.08 % 0.13 %
Nonperforming assets to LHFI and repossessed assets (2)
0.58 % 0.90 %
Nonperforming assets to Tier 1 capital (to adjusted total assets) + ALLL (2)(3)
2.57 % 3.93 %


~~(1)~~	~~Includes less than 90 day past due performing loans placed on nonaccrual. Interest is not being accrued on these loans.~~


~~(2)~~	~~Ratio excludes LHFS.~~


~~(3)~~	~~Refer to MD&A - Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures for calculation of ratio.~~

(1)Includes less than 90 day past due performing loans placed on nonaccrual. Interest is not being accrued on these loans.

~~At September 30, 2017, we had $48 million of nonperforming assets compared to $60 million of nonperforming assets~~(2)Ratio excludes LHFS, which are recorded at December 31, 2016. This decrease was primarily due to a $7 million decrease in nonperforming consumer LHFI offset by a $1 million increase in nonperforming commercial LHFI at September 30, 2017 compared to December 31, 2016. Additionally, nonperforming TDRs decreased $3 million at September 30, 2017 compared to December 31, 2016. The overall improvement in our nonperforming assets is due to our continued effort to grow our loan portfolio with strong credit quality loans combined with a slowing emergence of nonperforming loans driven by decreased levels of delinquencies.fair value.

The ratio of nonperforming assets, excluding LHFS, to total assets decreased to 0.24 percent at September 30, 2017 from 0.39 percent at December 31, 2016. Net charge-offs in the third quarter 2017 were 0.08 percent of LHFI compared to 0.13 percent at December 31, 2016.

The following table sets forth activity related to our total nonperforming LHFI and TDRs:


	Three Months Ended,				Six Months Ended,
	June 30, 2021		March 31, 2021		June 30, 2021		June 30, 2020
	(Dollars in millions)				(Dollars in millions)
Beginning balance	$	60	$	56	$	56	$	26
Additions	23		10		33		22
Reductions	—		—		—		—
Principal payments	(7)		(3)		(10)		(7)
Charge-offs	(1)		(1)		(2)		(2)
Return to performing status	—		(2)		(2)		(6)
Transfers to REO	—		—		—		—
Total nonperforming LHFI and TDRs (1)	$	75	$	60	$	75	$	33

(1)Includes less than 90 day past due performing loans which are deemed nonaccrual. Interest is not being accrued on these loans.

Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30,
2017 2016 2017 2016
(Dollars in millions)
Beginning balance $ 30
$ 44
$ 40
$ 66
Additions 5
7
19
30
Reductions
Principal payments and loan sales (2 ) (2 ) (6 ) (9 )
Charge-offs —
—
(2 ) (4 )
Returned to performing status (1 ) (8 ) (1 ) (15 )
Transfers to REO (1 ) (1 ) (19 ) (28 )
Total nonperforming LHFI and TDRs (1)
$ 31
$ 40
$ 31
$ 40


~~(1)~~	~~Includes less than 90 day past due performing loans which are deemed nonaccrual. Interest is not being accrued on these loans.~~

As of September 30, 2017, nonperforming consumer loans decreased $9 million from December 31, 2016, due to the sale of nonperforming loans and improvements to the overall credit quality of our loan portfolios. We had a decrease in additions to nonperforming LHFI and TDRs along with an increase in loans returning to performing status during both the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017 as compared to the three and nine months ended September 30, 2016, respectively. During the three months ended September 30, 2017, we had no charge-offs.

Delinquencies

The following table sets forth ~~our performing LHFI which are past due~~loans 30-89 ~~days:~~

September 30, 2017 December 31, 2016
(Dollars in millions)
Performing loans past due 30-89:
Consumer loans
Residential first mortgage $ 3
$ 6
Home equity 2
3
Other —
1
Total performing loans past due 30-89 days $ 5
$ 10

~~Early stage delinquencies remained low with the 30 to 89~~ days past due ~~loans decreasing~~in our LHFI portfolio:


	June 30, 2021				December 31, 2020
	Amount		% of LHFI		Amount		% of LHFI
	(Dollars in millions)
Performing loans past due 30-89:
Consumer loans
Residential first mortgage	$	6	0.04	%	$	8	0.05	%
Home equity	3		0.02	%	2		0.01	%
Other consumer	3		0.02	%	5		0.03	%
Total consumer loans	12		0.09	%	15		0.09	%
CRE	—		—	%	20		0.12	%
C&I	—		—	%	2		0.01	%
Total commercial loans	—		—	%	22		0.13	%
Total performing loans past due 30-89 days	$	12	0.09	%	$	37	0.22	%

For further information, see Note 4 - Loans Held-for-Investment.

Payment Deferrals

Beginning in March 2020, as a response to ~~$5 million at September 30, 2017, compared~~COVID-19, we offered our consumer borrowers principal and interest payment deferrals, forbearance and/or extensions. Consumer borrowers were not required to ~~$10 million at December 31, 2016.~~ provide proof of hardship to be granted forbearance or payment deferral. Typically, payment history is the primary tool used to identify consumer borrowers who are experiencing financial difficulty. Forbearance or payment deferrals make this determination more challenging. In addition, consumer borrowers who have requested forbearance or payment deferrals are not being aged and remain in the aging category they were in prior to forbearance or payment deferral while they remain in a forbearance or payment deferral status.

The table below summarizes borrowers in our consumer loan portfolios that are in forbearance or were granted a payment deferral:


	As of June 30, 2021					As of March 31, 2021
	Number of Borrowers	UPB		Percent of Portfolio		Number of Borrowers	UPB		Percent of Portfolio
	(Dollars in millions)
Loans Held-For-Investment
Consumer loans
Residential first mortgage	536	$	143	8.1	%	660	$	189	10.6	%
Home equity	155	16		2.2	%	168	15		3.7	%
Other consumer	115	5		0.4	%	120	4		1.3	%
Total consumer loan deferrals/forbearance	806	$	164	4.5	%	948	208		6.7	%

Loans Held-For-Sale
Residential first mortgage	88	$	37	0.6	%	84	$	39	0.6	%

There were no commercial borrowers in payment deferral as of June 30, 2021.

The table below summarizes the percent of our residential loan servicing portfolio in forbearance as of June 30, 2021:


				Loans in Forbearance
				Borrowers making January, February and March Payments			Remaining Borrowers			Total Loans in Forbearance
	Total Population
	Unpaid Principal Balance (1)		Number of accounts	Unpaid Principal Balance (1)		Number of accounts	Unpaid Principal Balance (1)		Number of accounts	Percent of UPB		Percent of Accounts
	(Dollars in millions)
Loan servicing
Subserviced for others (2)	$	211,775	975,467	$	1,150	6,025	$	10,617	49,255	5.6	%	5.7	%
Serviced for others (3) (4)	34,263		139,028	222		1,057	1,782		7,131	5.8	%	5.9	%
Serviced for own loan portfolio (5)	9,686		67,989	57		369	982		4,244	10.7	%	6.8	%
Total loans serviced	$	255,724	1,182,484	$	1,429	7,451	$	13,381	60,630	5.8	%	5.8	%

(1)UPB, net of write downs, does not include premiums or discounts.

(2)Loans subserviced for a fee for non-Flagstar owned loans or MSRs. Includes temporary short-term subservicing performed as a result of sales of servicing-released MSRs.

(3)Loans for which Flagstar owns the MSR.

(4)Of the $1.0 billion of GNMA repurchase options on the balance sheet as of June 30, 2021, $642 million relates to loans in forbearance and are included in remaining borrowers.

(5)Includes LHFI (residential first mortgage, home equity and other consumer), LHFS (residential first mortgage), and LGG (residential first mortgage). Approximately $840 million, or 81 percent, of the $1.0 billion of total loans in forbearance within the serviced for own loan portfolio relate to loans with government guarantees in forbearance that were repurchased and carry little credit risk.

The table below summarizes the percent of our residential loan servicing portfolio in forbearance as of December 31, 2020:


				Loans in Forbearance
				Borrowers making October, November and December Payments			Remaining Borrowers			Total Loans in Forbearance
	Total Population
	Unpaid Principal Balance (1)		Number of accounts	Unpaid Principal Balance (1)		Number of accounts	Unpaid Principal Balance (1)		Number of accounts	Percent of UPB		Percent of Accounts
	(Dollars in millions)
Loan servicing
Subserviced for others (2)	$	178,614	867,825	$	1,785	8,851	$	13,036	59,704	8.3	%	7.9	%
Serviced for others (3)	38,014		151,038	402		1,773	3,023		12,343	9.0	%	9.3	%
Serviced for own loan portfolio (4)	10,083		66,536	69		574	487		2,064	5.5	%	4.0	%
Total loans serviced	$	226,711	1,085,399	$	2,256	11,198	$	16,546	74,111	8.3	%	7.9	%

(1) UPB, net of write downs, does not include premiums or discounts.

(2) Loans subserviced for a fee for non-Flagstar owned loans or MSRs. Includes temporary short-term subservicing performed as a result of sales of servicing-released MSRs.

(3) Loans for which Flagstar owns the MSR.

(4) Of the $1.9 billion of GNMA repurchase options on the balance sheet as of December 31, 2020, $1.8 billion relates to loans in forbearance and are included in remaining borrowers.

(5) Includes LHFI (residential first mortgage, home equity and other consumer), LHFS (residential first mortgage), and LGG (residential first mortgage).

As the MSR owner for loans serviced for others, the Agencies require us to advance payments on past due ~~commercial~~ loans ~~at September 30, 2017~~as follows:


	Principal and Interest	Taxes and Insurance
Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac	4 months	No time limit
GNMA	No time limit	No time limit

We believe that we have ample liquidity to handle servicing advances related to these loans. We initially provide advances on a short-term basis for loans we subservice and ~~December 31, 2016.~~are reimbursed by the MSR owner. Our advance receivable for our subserviced loans is therefore insignificant.

Troubled debt restructurings (held-for-investment)

~~Troubled debt restructurings ("TDRs")~~ TDRs are modified loans in which a borrower demonstrates financial difficulties and for which a concession has been granted as a result. Nonperforming TDRs are included in nonaccrual loans. TDRs remain in nonperforming status until a borrower has made payments and is current for at least six consecutive ~~months of payments under the modified terms.~~months. Performing TDRs are ~~excluded from~~not considered to be nonaccrual ~~loans because it is reasonably assured~~so long as we believe that all contractual principal and interest due under the restructured terms will be collected.

Since March 2020, as a response to COVID-19, we have offered our consumer and commercial customers principal and interest payment deferrals and extensions. We considered these programs in the context of whether or not the short-term modifications of these loans would constitute a TDR. We considered the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the "CARES Act"), interagency guidance and related guidance from the FASB, which provided that short-term modifications made on a good faith basis in response to COVID-19 to borrowers who were current prior to any relief are not required to be accounted for as TDRs. As a result, we have determined that these loans are not TDRs. We believe our application of the referenced guidance and accounting for these programs is appropriate.

The following table sets forth a summary of TDRs by performing status:


	June 30, 2021		December 31, 2020
	(Dollars in millions)
Performing TDRs
Consumer Loans
Residential first mortgage	$	21	$	19
Home equity	10		12
Total consumer loans	31		31
Commercial Loans
Commercial real estate	—		5
Commercial and industrial	—		—
Total commercial loans	—		5
Total performing TDRs	31		36
Nonperforming TDRs
Nonperforming TDRs	6		4
Nonperforming TDRs, performing for less than six months	7		6
Total nonperforming TDRs	13		10
Total TDRs	$	44	$	46

September 30, 2017 December 31, 2016
(Dollars in millions)
Performing TDRs
Residential first mortgage $ 20
$ 22
Home equity 26
45
Total performing TDRs 46
67
Nonperforming TDRs 4
8
Nonperforming TDRs at inception but performing for less than six months 11
10
Total nonperforming TDRs 15
18
Total TDRs (1)
$ 61
$ 85


~~(1)~~	~~The ALLL on consumer TDR loans totaled $12 million and $9 million at September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016.~~

At ~~September~~June 30, ~~2017~~2021 our total TDR loans ~~decreased $24 million compared to~~were consistent with December 31, ~~2016~~2020, primarily due to ~~the sale of nonperforming loans~~principal payments and ~~lower delinquency rates during the nine months ended September 30, 2017.~~payoffs out pacing new additions. Of our total TDR loans, ~~75.5~~70 percent and 77 percent were in performing status at ~~September~~June 30, ~~2017.~~

2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. For further information, see Note 4 - Loans Held-for-Investment.

Allowance for ~~Loan~~Credit Losses

The ~~ALLL~~ACL represents ~~management's~~Management's estimate of ~~probable~~lifetime losses ~~that are inherent~~ in our LHFI portfolio ~~but~~ which have not yet been realized. For further information see Note 1 - Basis of Presentation and Note 4 - Loans Held-for-Investment.

The ~~ALLL~~following tables present the changes in the ACL balance for the three months ended June 30, 2021:


	Three Months Ended June 30, 2021
	Residential First Mortgage (1)		Home Equity		Other Consumer		Commercial Real Estate		Commercial and Industrial		Warehouse Lending		Total LHFI Portfolio (2)		Unfunded Commitments		Total ACL
	(Dollars in millions)
Beginning allowance balance	$	45	$	20	$	33	$	84	$	55	$	4	$	241	$	24	$	265
Provision (benefit) for credit losses:
Loan volume	6		(1)		2		2		—		(1)		8		(6)		2
Economic forecast (3)	(1)		(1)		2		(13)		(4)		—		(17)		—		(17)
Credit (4)	3		1		1		(14)		—		—		(9)		—		(9)
Qualitative factor adjustments (5)	(5)		(2)		—		(1)		(13)		—		(21)		—		(21)
Charge-offs	(1)		—		(1)		—		—		—		(2)		—		(2)
Recoveries	—		1		—		—		—		—		1		—		1
Provision for net charge-offs	$	1	$	(1)	$	1	$	—	$	—	$	—	1		$	—	1
Ending allowance balance	$	48	$	17	$	38	$	58	$	38	$	3	$	202	$	18	$	220
(1) Includes loans with government guarantees where insurance limits may result in a loss in excess of all or part of the guarantee. (2) Excludes loans carried under the fair value option. (3) Includes changes in the lifetime loss rate based on current economic forecasts as compared to forecasts used in the prior quarter. (4) Includes changes in the probability of default and severity of default based on current borrower and guarantor characteristics, as well as individually evaluated reserves. (5) Includes $9 million of unallocated reserve attributed to various portfolios for presentation purposes.


	Six Months Ended June 30, 2021
	Residential First Mortgage (1)		Home Equity		Other Consumer		Commercial Real Estate		Commercial and Industrial		Warehouse Lending		Total LHFI Portfolio (2)		Unfunded Commitments		Total ACL
	(Dollars in millions)
Beginning allowance balance	$	49	$	25	$	39	$	84	$	51	$	4	$	252	$	28	$	280
Provision (benefit) for credit losses:
Loan volume	3		(2)		3		3		1		(1)		7		(10)		(3)
Economic forecast (3)	(4)		(3)		(1)		(2)		(9)		—		(19)		—		(19)
Credit (4)	6		2		1		(22)		(1)		—		(14)		—		(14)
Qualitative factor adjustments (5)	(6)		(5)		(4)		(5)		(4)		—		(24)		—		(24)
Charge-offs	(3)		(1)		(2)		—		(1)		—		(7)		—		(7)
Recoveries	1		—		2		—		16		—		19		—		19
Provision for net charge-offs	$	2	$	1	$	—	$	—	$	(15)	$	—	(12)		$	—	(12)
Ending allowance balance	$	48	$	17	$	38	$	58	$	38	$	3	$	202	$	18	$	220
(1) Includes loans with government guarantees where insurance limits may result in a loss in excess of all or part of the guarantee. (2) Excludes loans carried under the fair value option. (3) Includes changes in the lifetime loss rate based on current economic forecasts as compared to forecasts used in the prior quarter. (4) Includes changes in the probability of default and severity of default based on current borrower and guarantor characteristics, as well as individually evaluated reserves. (5) Includes $9 million of unallocated reserve attributed to various portfolios for presentation purposes.

The ACL was $220 millionat June 30, 2021, compared to $265 million at March 31, 2021. The decrease in the allowance primarily reflects changes in our economic forecast and judgment we applied related to those forecasts and underlying borrower credit as a result of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. We utilized the Moody’s June scenarios in our forecast: a growth forecast, weighted at 30 percent; a baseline forecast, weighted at 40 percent; and an adverse forecast, weighted at 30 percent. The resulting composite forecast for the second quarter of 2021 was improved as compared to the scenario used in the first quarter 2021. Unemployment ends 2021 at 6 percent and will continue to recover in 2022. GDP recovers throughout 2021 from current levels and does not return to pre-COVID level until 2024. HPI stays flat throughout 2021. Qualitative adjustments reflect best estimate of COVID-19 impact on portfolios including estimated impact of government stimulus, forbearance/payment holidays and Fed programs. We judgmentally decreased the qualitative reserves by $21 million, driven by a decrease in the model output from Moody's adverse scenario, improvement in credit performance of previously identified industries and borrowers we believed could be more exposed to the stressful conditions in our forecast and decreased loans in forbearance, partially offset by our judgment regarding residual economic uncertainty.

The ACL as a percentage of LHFI ~~decreased to 2.0~~was 1.6 percent as of ~~September~~June 30, ~~2017 from 2.4~~2021 compared to 1.7 percent as of December 31, ~~2016. This decrease is attributable to~~2020. Excluding warehouse, the continued low levels of delinquencies and net charge-offs in our portfolio. Additionally, our loan growth has been in high credit quality assets across both our consumer and commercial portfolios. At September 30, 2017, our allowance as a percentage of LHFI was 2.6 percent at June 30, 2021 compared to 3.2 percent at December 31, 2020. The slight decrease in the allowance, as a percentage of LHFI is reflective of the improvement in the

economic and credit forecast used during the period and the performance of our portfolio. At June 30, 2021, we had a 2.9 percent and 1.1 percent allowance coverage on our consumer loan portfolio ~~was 2.3 percent~~ and ~~our allowance as percent of~~ our commercial loan portfolio, ~~was 1.7 percent.~~respectively.

~~The percentage of ALLL to LHFI and loans with government guarantees (excluding fair value loans), decreased to 1.9 percent as of September 30, 2017 from 2.2 percent as of December 31, 2016.~~

The following tables set forth certain information regarding the allocation of our ~~ALLL~~allowance to each loan ~~category:~~

September 30, 2017
Loans
Held-for-Investment Percent
of
Portfolio Allowance
Amount Allowance as a Percent of Loan Portfolio
(Dollars in millions)
Consumer loans
Residential first mortgage $ 2,656
36.9 % $ 52
2.0 %
Home equity 492
6.8 % 20
4.1 %
Other 26
0.4 % 1
3.8 %
Total consumer loans 3,174
44.1 % 73
2.3 %
Commercial loans
Commercial real estate 1,760
24.5 % 42
2.4 %
Commercial and industrial 1,097
15.3 % 19
1.7 %
Warehouse lending 1,159
16.1 % 6
0.5 %
Total commercial loans 4,016
55.9 % 67
1.7 %
Total consumer and commercial loans (1)
$ 7,190
100.0 % $ 140
1.9 %


~~(1)~~	~~Excludes loans carried under the fair value option.~~

Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30,
2017 2016 2017 2016
(Dollars in millions)
Beginning balance $ 140
$ 150
$ 142
$ 187
Provision (benefit) for loan losses (1)
2
—
4
(16 )
Charge-offs
Consumer loans
Residential first mortgage (1 ) (7 ) (6 ) (26 )
Home equity (2 ) (1 ) (3 ) (4 )
Other consumer —
(1 ) (1 ) (3 )
Total charge offs (3 ) (9 ) (10 ) (33 )
Recoveries
Consumer loans
Residential first mortgage —
—
1
1
Home equity 1
1
2
2
Other consumer —
1
1
2
Total recoveries 1
2
4
5
Charge-offs, net of recoveries (2 ) (7 ) (6 ) (28 )
Ending balance $ 140
$ 143
$ 140
$ 143


~~(1)~~	Does not include $7 million provision for loan losses recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations to reserve for repossessed loans with government guarantees during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2016.

~~The following table provides information on our charge-offs and credit quality ratios:~~

Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30,
2017 2016 Change 2017 2016 Change
(Dollars in millions)
Charge-offs, net of recoveries $ 2
$ 7
$ (5 ) $ 6
$ 28
$ (22 )
Charge-offs associated with loans with government guarantees 1
6
(5 ) 3
13
(10 )
Charge-offs associated with the sale or transfer of nonperforming loans and TDRs —
—
—
1
8
(7 )
Charge-offs, net of recoveries, adjusted (1)
$ 1
$ 1
$ —
$ 2
$ 7
$ (5 )
Net charge-offs to LHFI ratio (annualized) (2)
0.08 % 0.51 % (0.43 )% 0.12 % 0.66 % (0.54 )%
Net charge-off ratio, adjusted (annualized)(1)(2)
0.06 % 0.15 % (0.09 )% 0.05 % 0.15 % (0.10 )%


~~(1)~~	~~Excludes charge-offs associated with loans with government guarantees and charge-offs associated with the sale or transfer of nonperforming loans and TDRs.~~


~~(2)~~	~~Excludes loans carried under the fair value option~~

~~As a result of~~category, including the strong credit quality throughout our loan portfolios, net charge-offs for the three months ended September 30, 2017 decreased to $2 million, compared to $7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2016. Asallowance amount as a percentage of amortized cost and average ~~LHFI, net charge-offs~~loan life:


	June 30, 2021
	LHFI Portfolio (1)		Percent of Portfolio		Allowance Amount (2)		Allowance as a Percent of Loan Portfolio		Weighted Average Loan Life (in years)
Consumer loans
Residential first mortgage	$	1,778	12.7	%	$	48	2.7	%	5
Home equity	716		5.1	%	17		2.4	%	3
Other consumer	1,133		8.1	%	39		3.4	%	3
Total consumer loans	3,627		25.9	%	104		2.9	%
Commercial loans
Commercial real estate	$	3,169	22.6	%	$	69	2.2	%	1
Commercial and industrial	1,376		9.8	%	42		3.1	%	2
Warehouse lending	5,863		41.7	%	5		0.1	%	—
Total commercial loans	10,408		74.1	%	116		1.1	%
Total consumer and commercial loans	$	14,035	100.0	%	$	220	1.6	%
Total consumer and commercial loans excluding warehouse	$	8,172	N/M		$	215	2.6	%

(1) Excludes loans carried under the fair value option.

(2) Includes ALLL and reserve for unfunded commitments.


	December 31, 2020
	LHFI Portfolio (1)		Percent of Portfolio		Allowance Amount (2)		Allowance as a Percent of Loan Portfolio		Weighted Average Loan Life (in years)
Consumer loans
Residential first mortgage	$	2,251	13.9	%	$	49	2.2	%	4
Home equity	854		5.3	%	25		2.9	%	3
Other consumer	1,004		6.2	%	40		4.0	%	3
Total consumer loans	4,109		25.4	%	114		2.8	%
Commercial loans
Commercial real estate	$	3,060	18.9	%	$	103	3.4	%	2
Commercial and industrial	1,382		8.5	%	57		4.1	%	2
Warehouse lending	7,658		47.2	%	6		0.1	%	—
Total commercial loans	12,100		74.6	%	166		1.4	%
Total consumer and commercial loans	$	16,209	100.0	%	$	280	1.7	%
Total consumer and commercial loans excluding warehouse	$	8,551	N/M		$	274	3.2	%

(1) Excludes loans carried under the ~~three months ended September 30, 2017 decreased to 0.08 percent from 0.51 percent~~fair value option.

(2) Includes ALLL and reserve for ~~the three months ended September 30, 2016.~~ unfunded commitments.

Net charge-offs for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 decreased to $6 million, compared to $28 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, primarily from the sale of $110 million UPB of nonperforming, TDR and non-agency loans and net charge-offs associated with loans with government guarantees. As a percentage of average LHFI, net charge-offs for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 decreased to 0.12 percent from 0.66 percent for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, partially driven by sales of nonperforming loans which occurred in the first nine months of 2016.

~~There were no net charge-offs of commercial loans for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and September 30, 2016.~~

Market Risk

Market risk is the risk of reduced earnings and/or declines in the net market value of the balance sheet due to changes in market rates. Our primary market risk is interest rate risk which impacts our net interest income, fee income related to interest sensitive activities such as mortgage ~~origination~~closing and servicing income, and loan and deposit demand.

We are subject to interest rate risk due to:

•The maturity or repricing of assets and liabilities at different times or for different amounts

•Differences in short-term and long-term market interest rate changes

•The remaining maturity of various assets or liabilities may shorten or lengthen as interest rates change

~~The Asset/Liability Committee ("ALCO"),~~

Our ALCO, which is composed of our executive officers and certain members of other management, monitors interest rate risk on an ~~on-going~~ongoing basis in accordance with policies approved by our ~~board~~Board of ~~directors.~~Directors. The ALCO reviews interest rate positions and considers the impact projected interest rate scenarios have on earnings, capital, liquidity, business strategies, and other factors. However, ~~management~~Management has the latitude to change interest rate positions within certain limits if, in ~~management's~~Management's judgment, the change will enhance ~~profitability.~~profitability or minimize risk.

To assess and manage interest rate risk, sensitivity analysis is used to determine the impact on earnings and the net market value of the balance sheet across various interest rate scenarios, balance sheet trends, and strategies.

Net interest income sensitivity

Management uses a simulation model to analyze the sensitivity of net interest income to changes in interest rates across various interest rate scenarios which demonstrates the level of interest rate risk inherent in the existing balance sheet. The analysis holds the current balance sheet values constant and does not take into account management intervention. In addition, we assume certain correlation rates, often referred to as a “deposit ~~beta,” of~~beta”, for interest-bearing deposits, wherein the

rates paid to customers change ~~at a different pace when compared~~relative to changes in benchmark interest rates. The effect on net interest income over a ~~12 month~~12-month time horizon due to hypothetical changes in market interest rates is presented in the table below. In this interest rate shock ~~test,~~simulation, as of the periods presented, interest rates have been adjusted by instantaneous parallel changes rather than in a ramp ~~test~~simulation which applies interest rate changes over time. All rates, short-term and long-term, are changed by the same amount ~~(plus or minus 200~~(e.g. plus 100 basis points) resulting in the shape of the yield curve remaining unchanged. ~~The minus 200 basis point shock scenario is effectively a flattener scenario as rates are floored at zero given the current interest rate levels.~~


June 30, 2021
Scenario	Net interest income	$ Change	% Change
	(Dollars in millions)
100	$795	$93	13.3%
Constant	702	—	—%

December 31, 2020
Scenario	Net interest income	$ Change	% Change
	(Dollars in millions)
100	$791	$94	13.5%
Constant	697	—	—%

September 30, 2017
Scenario Net interest income $ Change % Change
(Dollars in millions)
200 $ 458
$ 25
5.9 %
Constant 433
—
— %
(200) 373
(60 ) (14.0 )%
December 31, 2016
Scenario Net interest income $ Change % Change
(Dollars in millions)
200 $ 321
$ 19
6.3 %
Constant 301
—
— %
(200) 245
(57 ) (18.9 )%

In the net interest income ~~simulation,~~simulations, our balance sheet exhibits ~~slight~~ asset sensitivity. When interest rates rise our net interest income increases. Conversely, when interest rates fall our net interest income decreases. ~~At September 30, 2017, the $132 million increase in the net interest income in the constant scenario as compared to December 31, 2016 was primarily driven by increased size of balance sheet.~~

As of September 30, 2017, we have also projected the potential impact to net interest income in a hypothetical "bear flattener" interest rate scenario, in which short-term interest rates have been instantaneously increased by 100 basis points while holding the longer term interest rates constant. Over a 12-month and 24-month period, based on our existing balance sheet, the simulation resulted in a loss of $39 million and $52 million, respectively.

The net interest income sensitivity analysis has certain limitations and makes various assumptions. Key elements of this interest rate risk exposure assessment include maintaining a static balance sheet and parallel rate shocks. ~~The direction of future~~Future interest rates not moving in a parallel manner across the yield curve, how the balance sheet will respond and shift based on a change in future interest rates and how the Company will respond are not included in this analysis and limit the predictive value of these scenarios.

Economic value of equity

Management also utilizes ~~(EVE),~~EVE, a point in time analysis of the economic value of our current balance sheet position, which measures interest rate risk over a longer term. The EVE calculation represents a hypothetical valuation of equity, and is defined as the market value of assets, less the market value of liabilities, adjusted for the market value of off-balance sheet instruments. The assessment of both the short-term earnings (Net Interest Income Sensitivity) and long-term valuation (EVE) approaches, rather than Net Interest Income Sensitivity alone provides a more comprehensive analysis of interest rate risk ~~exposure than Net Interest Income Sensitivity alone.~~exposure.

There are assumptions and inherent limitations in any methodology used to estimate the exposure to changes in market interest rates and as such, sensitivity calculations used in this analysis are hypothetical and should not be considered to be predictive of future results. This analysis evaluates risks to the current balance sheet only and does not incorporate future growth assumptions. Additionally, the analysis assumes interest rate changes are instantaneous and the new rate environment is constant but does not include actions ~~management~~Management may undertake to manage risk in response to interest rate changes. Each rate scenario reflects unique prepayment ~~repricing,~~ and ~~reinvestment~~repricing assumptions. Management derives these assumptions by considering published market prepayment expectations, repricing characteristics, our historical experience, and our asset and liability management strategy. This analysis assumes that changes in interest rates may not affect or could partially affect certain instruments based on their characteristics.

The following table is a summary of the changes in our EVE that are projected to result from hypothetical changes in market interest ~~rates.~~rates as well as our internal policy limits for changes in our EVE based on the different scenarios. The interest rates, as of the dates presented, are adjusted by instantaneous parallel rate ~~changes upward to +300 basis points~~increases and ~~downward (100) basis points.~~decreases as indicated in the scenarios shown in the table below.


June 30, 2021									December 31, 2020
Scenario	EVE		EVE %		$ Change		% Change		Scenario	EVE		EVE %		$ Change		% Change		Policy Limits for % Change
(Dollars in millions)
300	$	4,246	15.8	%	$	943	28.6	%	300	$	3,948	12.7	%	$	890	29.1	%	(22.5)	%
200	$	4,009	14.9	%	$	706	21.4	%	200	$	3,755	12.1	%	$	697	22.8	%	(15.0)	%
100	$	3,709	13.8	%	$	406	12.3	%	100	$	3,474	11.2	%	$	416	13.6	%	(7.5)	%
Current	$	3,303	12.3	%	$	—	—	%	Current	$	3,058	9.9	%	$	—	—	%	—	%

September 30, 2017 December 31, 2016
Scenario EVE EVE% $ Change % Change Scenario EVE EVE% $ Change % Change
(Dollars in millions) (Dollars in millions)
300 $ 2,109
12.6 % $ (155 ) (6.9 )% 300 $ 1,927
13.9 % $ (173 ) (8.2 )%
200 2,185
13.0 % (79 ) (3.5 )% 200 2,005
14.4 % (95 ) (4.5 )%
100 2,250
13.4 % (14 ) (0.6 )% 100 2,073
14.9 % (28 ) (1.3 )%
Current 2,264
13.5 % —
— % Current 2,100
15.1 % —
— %
(100) 2,233
13.3 % (31 ) (1.4 )% (100) 2,067
14.9 % (33 ) (1.6 )%

Our balance sheet exhibits ~~liability~~asset sensitivity in ~~a rising~~various interest rate ~~scenario~~scenarios. The increase in EVE as ~~the EVE decreases. The decrease in EVE~~rates rise is the result of the amount of ~~liabilities~~assets that would be expected to reprice exceeding the amount of ~~assets repriced in the +200 scenario. The~~liabilities expected to reprice. At June 30, 2021 and December 31, ~~2016 (100)~~2020, for each scenario shown, the percentage change in our EVE is effectively a flattener scenario as shorter term rates are unable to decrease 100 basis points due to the absolute level of rates. Therefore, the yields of the longer term variable rate assets decrease by the full 100 basis points, but the liabilities repricing to shorter term rates decrease to less than 100 basis points, leading to a reduction in EVE.within our Board policy limits.

Derivative financial instruments

As a part of our risk management strategy, we use derivative financial instruments to minimize fluctuation in earnings caused by ~~interest rate~~market risk. We use ~~interest rate swaps, swaptions and~~ forward sales commitments to hedge our unclosed mortgage ~~origination~~closing pipeline and funded mortgage ~~LHFS and MSRs.~~LHFS. All of our derivatives and mortgage loan production originated for sale are accounted for at fair market value. Changes to our unclosed mortgage ~~commitments~~closing pipeline are based on changes in fair value of the underlying loan, which is impacted most significantly by changes in interest rates and changes in the probability that the loan will not fund within the terms of the commitment, referred to as a fallout factor or, ~~pull through~~inversely, a pull-through rate. Market risk on interest rate lock commitments and mortgage LHFS is managed using corresponding forward sale commitments. The adequacy of these hedging strategies, and the ability to fully or partially hedge market risk, rely on various assumptions or projections, including a fallout ~~factor.~~factor, which is based on a statistical analysis of our actual rate lock fallout history. For further information, see Note 8 - Derivative Financial Instruments and Note 1816 - Fair Value Measurements.

Mortgage Servicing Rights (MSRs)

Our MSRs are sensitive to interest rate volatility and are highly susceptible to prepayment risk, basis risk, market volatility and changes in the shape of the yield curve. We utilize derivatives, including interest rate swaps and ~~other fair value assets~~swaptions, as part of our overall hedging strategy to manage the impact of changes in the fair value of the MSRs, ~~but~~however these risk management strategies do not completely eliminate repricing risk. Our hedging strategies rely on assumptions and projections regarding assets and general market factors, many of which are outside of our control. If one or more of these assumptions or projections proves to be incorrect our hedging strategies may not adequately mitigate the impact of changes in interest rates or prepayment speeds, and as a result may negatively impact earnings. For further information, see Note 7 - Mortgage Servicing Rights, ~~and~~ Note 8 - Derivative Financial ~~Instruments.~~Instruments and Note 16 - Fair Value Measurements.

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that we will not have sufficient funds, at a reasonable cost, to meet current and future cash flow needs as they become due. The liquidity of a financial institution reflects the ability to, at a reasonable cost, meet loan demand, to accommodate possible outflows in deposits and to take advantage of interest rate and market opportunities. The ability of a financial institution to meet current financial obligations is a function of the balance sheet structure, the ability to liquidate assets, and access to various sources of funds.

Parent Company Liquidity

The Company currently obtains its liquidity primarily from ~~multiple sources, including~~ dividends from the ~~Bank and the issuance of debt and equity securities.~~Bank. The primary uses of the Company's liquidity are debt service, ~~and~~ operating expenses and the payment of cash dividends to shareholders, which ~~includes compensation and benefits, legal and professional expense and general and administrative expenses. At September 30, 2017,~~were increased to $0.06 per share in the first quarter 2021. The Company holds $150 million of subordinated debt which is scheduled to mature on November 1, 2030. During June 2021, the Bank remitted a $200 million payment to the Company and at June 30, 2021, held ~~$200~~$225 million of cash on deposit at the Bank ~~or 3.8 years~~which is sufficient to cover the cash outflows needed to service the subordinated debt, pay dividends and cover the operating expenses of ~~expense and debt service coverage.~~the Company for approximately 10 years.

The OCC ~~regulates~~and the FRB regulate all capital distributions made by the Bank, directly or indirectly, to the holding company, including dividend payments. ~~A subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company, such as the Bank, must file a notice or application with the OCC at least 30 days prior to each proposed capital distribution.~~ Whether an application or notice is required is based on a number of factors including whether the institution qualifies for expedited treatment under the OCC rules and regulations or if the total amount of all capital distributions (including each proposed capital distribution) for the applicable calendar year exceeds net income for that year to date plus the retained net income for the preceding two ~~years. In addition, as a subsidiary of~~

~~a savings and loan holding company,~~years, or the Bank ~~must receive approval from~~would not be at least adequately capitalized following the ~~FRB before declaring any dividends.~~dividend. Additional restrictions on dividends apply if the Bank fails the QTL test.

~~In the third quarter 2017, we paid dividends~~ As of ~~$84 million from~~June 30, 2021, the Bank is in compliance with the QTL test. At June 30, 2021, the Bank is able to pay dividends to the Bancorp. To support the on-going debt service and other Bancorp expenses, we also intend to reduce our Bancorp double leverage and debt to equity ratios to be more consistent with such ratios at other mid-sized banks, which would likely require further dividend payments from the Bankholding company of approximately $595 million without submitting an application to the ~~Bancorp for the foreseeable future.~~OCC and remain well capitalized.

~~For further information and restrictions related to the Bank's payment of dividends, see MD&A - Capital and Regulatory Risk.~~

Bank Liquidity

~~We primarily originate agency-eligible LHFS~~ Our primary sources of funding are deposits from retail and ~~therefore the majority of new residential first mortgage loan originations are readily convertible~~government customers, custodial deposits related to ~~cash, either by selling them as part of our monthly agency sales, private party whole loan sales, or by pledging them to the~~loans we service and FHLB ~~of Indianapolis and borrowing against them.~~borrowings. We use the FHLB of Indianapolis as a significant source for funding our residential mortgage ~~banking~~origination business due to the flexibility in terms ~~of being able~~which allows us to borrow or repay borrowings as daily cash needs require.

We have arrangements with the FRB of Chicago to borrow as appropriate from its discount window. The discount window is also a borrowing facility that is intended to be used only for short-term liquidity needs arising from special or unusual circumstances. The amount we are allowed to borrow is based on the lendable value of the collateral that we provide. To collateralize the line, we pledge investment securities and loans that are eligible based on FRB of Chicago guidelines. At September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, we had no borrowings outstanding against this line of credit.

The amount we can borrow, or the value we receive for the assets pledged to our liquidity providers, varies based on the amount and type of pledged collateral, as well as the perceived market value of the assets and the "haircut" of the market value of the assets. That value is sensitive to the pricing and policies of our liquidity providers and can change with little or no notice.

Further, other sources of liquidity include our LHFS portfolio and unencumbered investment securities. We primarily originate agency-eligible LHFS and therefore the majority of new residential first mortgage loan closings are readily convertible to cash, either by selling them as part of our monthly agency sales, RMBS, private party whole loan sales, or by pledging them to the FHLB and borrowing against them. In addition, we have the ability to sell unencumbered investment securities or use them as collateral. At June 30, 2021, we had $1.9 billion available in unencumbered investment securities.

Our ~~Consolidated Statements~~primary measure of Cash Flows shows cash used in operating activities of $19.2 billion and $10.1 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. This primarily reflects our mortgage operations andliquidity is a ~~reflection~~ratio of ready liquidity to volatile funding, the volatile funds coverage ratio (“VFCR”). The VFCR is a liquidity coverage ratio that is customized to our business and ensures we have adequate coverage to meet our liquidity needs during times of liquidity stress. Volatile funds are the portion of the ~~manner~~Bank’s funding identified as being at a higher risk of runoff in ~~which we execute certain~~times of stress. Ready liquidity consists of cash on reserve at the Federal Reserve and unused borrowing capacity provided by the loan ~~sales for which~~and investments portfolios. The VFCR is calculated, reported, and forecasted daily as part of our liquidity management framework and as of June 30, 2021 was 110 percent and in compliance with our internal policy limit.

Our liquidity position is continuously monitored and adjustments are made to the ~~cash outflow is considered an operating activity~~balance between sources and uses of funds as deemed appropriate. We balance the ~~corresponding cash inflow is considered an investing activity. For the period ending September 30, 2017, operating cash flows declined primarily due~~liquidity of our loan assets to our ~~election to extend the~~available funding sources. Our LHFI portfolio is funded with stable core deposits whereas our warehouse loans and LHFS may be funded with FHLB borrowings and custodial deposits. Warehouse loans are typically more liquid than other loan assets, as loans are paid within a short amount of time, when the lender sells the loan to an outside investor or, in some instances, to the Bank. As not all asset categories require the same level of liquidity, our loan-to-deposit ratio shows how we ~~hold mortgage-backed securities related to~~manage our ~~LHFS portfolio.~~liquidity position, how much liquidity we have and the agility of our balance sheet. The Company's average HFI loan-to-deposit ratio, was 71.8 percent as of June 30, 2021. Excluding warehouse loans, which have draws that typically pay off within a few weeks, and custodial deposits, which represent mortgage escrow accounts on deposit with the Bank, the average HFI loan-to-deposit ratio was 64.3 percent as of June 30, 2021.

As governed and defined by our ~~internal liquidity~~ policy, we maintain adequate excess liquidity levels appropriate to cover unanticipated liquidity needs. In addition to this liquidity, we also maintain targeted minimum levels of unused ~~collateralized~~ borrowing capacity as another cushion against unexpected liquidity needs. Each business day, we forecast 90 days of daily cash needs. This allows us to determine our projected ~~near term~~near-term daily cash fluctuations and also to plan and adjust, if necessary, future activities. As a result, in an adverse environment, we believe we would be able to make adjustments to operations as required to meet the liquidity needs of our business, including adjusting deposit rates to increase deposits, planning for additional FHLB borrowings, accelerating sales of LHFS (agencies and/or private), selling LHFI or investment securities, borrowing through the use of repurchase agreements, reducing ~~originations,~~closings, making changes to warehouse funding facilities, or borrowing from the discount window.

Our liquidity position is continuously monitored and adjustments are made to the balance between sources and uses of funds as deemed appropriate. We balance the liquidity of our loan assets to our available funding sources. Our LHFI portfolio is funded with stable core deposits whereas our warehouse and LHFS may be funded with FHLB borrowings.

~~Management is not aware of any events that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, capital resources or operations.~~

~~Liquidity Table~~

September 30, 2017 December 31, 2016 Change
(Dollars in millions)
Demand deposit accounts $ 1,234
$ 1,134
$ 100
Savings accounts 3,718
3,887
(169 )
Money market demand accounts 291
247
44
Certificates of deposit/CDARS 1,297
1,056
241
Total retail deposits 6,540
6,324
216
Government deposits 1,068
1,030
38
Wholesale deposits 43
—
43
Company controlled deposits 1,510
1,446
64
Total deposits $ 9,161
$ 8,800
$ 361
Federal Home Loan Bank advances $ 5,365
$ 2,980
$ 2,385
Other long-term debt 493
493
—
Total borrowed funds $ 5,858
$ 3,473
$ 2,385

~~Deposits~~

The following table presents aprimary sources of funding as of the dates indicated:


	June 30, 2021		December 31, 2020		Change
	(Dollars in millions)
Retail deposits	$	9,857	$	9,971	$	(114)
Government deposits	1,980		1,765		215
Wholesale deposits	1,163		1,031		132
Custodial deposits	5,661		7,206		(1,545)
Total deposits	18,661		19,973		(1,312)
FHLB advances and other short-term debt	3,295		5,100		(1,805)
Other long-term debt	396		641		(245)
Total borrowed funds	3,691		5,741		(2,050)
Total funding	$	22,352	$	25,714	$	(3,362)

The following table presents certain liquidity sources and borrowing capacity as of the dates indicated:


	June 30, 2021		December 31, 2020		Change
	(Dollars in millions)
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
Outstanding advances	$	2,630	$	4,615	$	(1,985)
Line of credit	—		—		—
Total used borrowing capacity	$	2,630	$	4,615	$	(1,985)
Borrowing capacity:
Line of credit	$	30	$	30	$	—
Collateralized borrowing capacity	3,853		2,360		1,493
Total unused borrowing capacity	$	3,883	$	2,390	$	1,493

FRB discount window
Collateralized borrowing capacity	$	1,484	$	1,374	$	110

Unencumbered investment securities
Agency - Commercial (1)	$	948	$	1,263	$	(315)
Agency - Residential (1)	821		815		6
Municipal obligations	21		23		(2)
Corporate debt obligations	59		62		(3)
Other	1		1		—
Total unencumbered investment securities	1,850		2,164		(314)
Total liquidity sources and borrowing capacity	$	9,847	$	10,543	$	(696)

(1) These are not currently pledged to the FHLB but are eligible to be pledged, at our discretion.

Deposits

The following table presents the composition of our deposits:


	June 30, 2021				December 31, 2020
	Balance		% of Deposits		Balance		% of Deposits		Change
	(Dollars in millions)
Retail deposits
Branch retail deposits
Savings accounts	$	3,614	19.4	%	$	3,437	17.2	%	$	177
Certificates of deposit/CDARS (1)	1,075		5.8	%	1,355		6.8	%	(280)
Demand deposit accounts	1,825		9.8	%	1,726		8.6	%	99
Money market demand accounts	498		2.7	%	490		2.5	%	8
Total branch retail deposits	7,012		37.6	%	7,008		35.1	%	4
Commercial deposits (2)
Demand deposit accounts	1,999		10.7	%	2,294		11.5	%	(295)
Savings accounts	510		2.7	%	461		2.3	%	49
Money market demand accounts	335		1.8	%	208		1.0	%	127
Total commercial retail deposits	2,844		15.2	%	2,963		14.8	%	(119)
Total retail deposits	$	9,856	52.8	%	$	9,971	49.9	%	$	(115)
Government deposits
Savings accounts	$	864	4.6	%	$	778	3.9	%	$	86
Demand deposit accounts	553		3.0	%	529		2.6	%	24
Certificates of deposit/CDARS (1)	564		3.0	%	458		2.3	%	106
Total government deposits	1,981		10.6	%	1,765		8.8	%	216
Custodial deposits (3)	5,661		30.3	%	7,206		36.1	%	(1,545)
Wholesale deposits	1,163		6.2	%	1,031		5.2	%	132
Total deposits (4)	$	18,661	100.0	%	$	19,973	100.0	%	$	(1,312)

September 30, 2017 December 31, 2016
Balance % of Deposits Balance % of Deposits Change
(Dollars in millions)
Retail deposits
Branch retail deposits
Demand deposit accounts $ 930
10.2 % $ 852
9.7 % $ 78
Savings accounts 3,653
39.9 % 3,824
43.5 % (171 )
Money market demand accounts 214
2.3 % 138
1.6 % 76
Certificates of deposit/CDARS (1) 1,295
14.1 % 1,055
12.0 % 240
Total branch retail deposits 6,092
66.5 % 5,869
66.7 % 223
Commercial retail deposits

Demand deposit accounts 304
3.3 % 282
3.2 % 22
Savings accounts 65
0.7 % 63
0.7 % 2
Money market demand accounts 77
0.8 % 109
1.2 % (32 )
Certificates of deposit/CDARS (1) 2
— % 1
— % 1
Total commercial retail deposits 448
4.9 % 455
5.2 % (7 )
Total retail deposits $ 6,540
71.4 % $ 6,324
71.9 % $ 216
Government deposits

Demand deposit accounts $ 272
3.0 % $ 250
2.8 % $ 22
Savings accounts 414
4.5 % 451
5.1 % (37 )
Certificates of deposit/CDARS (1) 382
4.2 % 329
3.7 % 53
Total government deposits (2) 1,068
11.7 % 1,030
11.7 % 38
Wholesale deposits 43
0.5 % —
— % —
Company controlled deposits (3) 1,510
16.5 % 1,446
16.4 % 64
Total deposits (4) $ 9,161
100.0 % $ 8,800
100.0 % $ 361


~~(1)~~	~~The aggregate amount of certificates of deposit with a minimum denomination of $100,000 was approximately~~ ~~$1.3 billion~~ ~~and $1.0 billion at September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016.~~


~~(2)~~	~~Government deposits include funds from municipalities and schools.~~


~~(3)~~	~~These accounts represent a portion of the investor custodial accounts and escrows controlled by us in connection with loans serviced for others and that have been placed on deposit with the Bank.~~


~~(4)~~	~~The aggregate amount of deposits with a balance over $250,000 was approximately $4.2 billion and $4.0 billion at September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016.~~

(1)The aggregate amount of CD with a minimum denomination of $100,000 was approximately $1.2 billion and $1.3 billion at June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.

(2)Contains deposits from commercial and business banking customers.

(3)Represents investor custodial accounts and escrows controlled by us in connection with loans serviced or subserviced for others that have been placed on deposit with the Bank.

(4)Total exposure related to uninsured deposits over $250,000 was approximately $5.6 billion and $5.9 billion at June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.

Total deposits ~~increased $361 million,~~decreased $1.3 billion, or ~~4.1~~7 percent, at ~~September~~June 30, ~~2017,~~2021 compared to December 31, ~~2016,~~2020, primarily ~~due to growth~~driven by a decrease in ~~branch retail~~custodial deposits. ~~Branch retail deposits increased $223 million at September 30, 2017 compared to December 31, 2016, primarily due to an increase in retail certificates of deposit/CDARS.~~

We utilize local governmental agencies and other public units as an additional source for deposit funding. ~~As a~~

~~Michigan bank,~~At June 30, 2021, we ~~are not~~were required to hold collateral ~~against our~~for certain Michigan, California, Indiana, Wisconsin and Ohio government deposits ~~from Michigan~~based on a variety of factors including, but not limited to, the size of individual deposits, FDIC limits and external bank ratings. At June 30, 2021, collateral held on government ~~entities as they are covered by the Michigan Business and Growth Fund. This results in higher margins earned on these~~ deposits ~~which can be used to fund loans. Government~~was $159 million. At June 30, 2021, government deposit accounts ~~include $382~~included $564 million of ~~certificates of deposit~~CD with maturities typically less than one year and ~~$686 million in~~$1.4 billion of checking and savings ~~accounts at September 30, 2017.~~accounts.

~~Company controlled~~ Custodial deposits arise due to our servicing or ~~sub-servicing~~subservicing of loans for others and represent the portion of the investor custodial accounts on deposit with the Bank. ~~Certain~~For certain subservice agreements, these deposits require us to ~~reimburse~~credit the MSR owner ~~for the spread on these funds.~~interest against subservicing income. This cost is a component of net loan administration income. ~~During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, these deposits increased $64 million, primarily due to the increase in subservicing and taxes and insurance.~~

Company controlled deposits are used to fund our most liquid assets including LHFS and warehouse loans. As not all asset categories require the same level of liquidity, our loan-to-deposit ratio shows how we manage our liquidity position, how much liquidity we have and the agility of our balance sheet. The Company's HFI loan-to-deposit ratio, which excludes warehouse loans and company controlled deposits, was 78 percent at September 30, 2017, which provides substantial liquidity for continued growth.

We participate in the CDARS program, through which certain customer CDs are exchanged for CDs of similar amounts from other participating ~~banks. This gives~~banks and customers ~~the potential to~~may receive FDIC insurance up to $50 million. This program helps the Bank secure larger deposits and attract and retain customers. At ~~September~~June 30, ~~2017,~~2021, we had ~~$199~~$106 million of total CDs enrolled in the CDARS ~~program. The total CDARS balances decreased $31~~program, a decrease of $18 million ~~at September 30, 2017~~ from December 31, ~~2016.~~2020.

~~FHLBAdvances~~

FHLBAdvances

The FHLB provides loans, also referred to as advances, on a fully collateralized basis, to savings banks and other member financial institutions. We are required to maintain a minimum amount of qualifying collateral securing FHLB advances. In the event of default, the FHLB advance is similar to a secured borrowing, whereby the FHLB has the right to sell the pledged collateral to settle the fair value of the outstanding advances.

We rely upon advances from the FHLB as a source of funding for the ~~origination~~closing or purchase of loans for sale in the secondary market and for providing duration specific short-term and long-term financing. The outstanding balance of FHLB advances fluctuates from time to time depending on our current inventory of mortgage LHFS and the availability of lower cost funding sources. Our portfolio includes short-term fixed rate advances ~~long-term LIBOR adjustable advances,~~ and long-term fixed rate advances. Interest rates on the LIBOR index advances reset every three months and the advances may be prepaid without penalty, with notification, at scheduled three-month intervals after an initial 12-month lockout period.

~~The FHLB provides loans, also referred to as advances, on a fully collateralized basis, to savings banks and other member financial institutions.~~ We are currently authorized through a resolution of our ~~board~~Board of ~~directors~~Directors to apply for advances from the FHLB using approved loan types as collateral, which includes residential first mortgage loans, ~~home equity lines~~HELOC, and CRE loans. As of ~~credit,~~June 30, 2021, our Board of Directors authorized and ~~commercial real estate loans. At September 30, 2017, we had the authority and approval from the FHLB to utilize~~approved a line of credit with the FHLB of up to ~~$7.0~~$10.0 billion, which is further limited based on our total assets and ~~we may access that line to~~qualified collateral, as determined by the ~~extent that collateral is provided.~~FHLB. At ~~September~~June 30, ~~2017,~~2021, we had ~~$5.4~~$2.6 billion of advances outstanding and an additional ~~$1.1~~$3.9 billion of collateralized borrowing capacity available at the FHLB.

Federal Reserve Discount Window

We have arrangements with the FRB of Chicago to borrow from its discount window. The discount window is a borrowing facility that we may utilize for short-term liquidity needs arising from special or unusual circumstances. The amount we are allowed to borrow is based on the lendable value of the collateral that we provide. To collateralize the line, we pledge investment securities and loans that are eligible based on FRB of Chicago guidelines.

At ~~September~~June 30, ~~2017,~~2021, we pledged collateral, which included commercial loans, municipal bonds, and agency bonds, to the FRB of Chicago amounting to $2.1 billion with a lendable value of $1.5 billion. At December 31, 2020, we pledged collateral to the ~~Federal Reserve Discount Window~~FRB of Chicago amounting to ~~$435 million~~$1.9 billion with a lendable value of ~~$418 million. At December 31, 2016, we pledged collateral to the Federal Reserve Discount Window amounting to $496 million with a lendable value of $474 million. At September~~$1.4 billion. We do not typically utilize this available funding source, and at June 30, ~~2017~~2021 and December 31, ~~2016,~~2020, we had no borrowings outstanding against this line of credit.

Other Unsecured Borrowings

We have access to overnight federal funds purchased lines with other Federal Reserve member institutions. We utilize this source of funding for short-term liquidity needs, depending on the availability and cost of our other funding sources. At June 30, 2021 we had $665 million of borrowings outstanding under this source of funding. Additional borrowing capacity under this and other sources of funding can vary depending on market conditions.

Debt

As part of our overall capital strategy, we previously raised capital through the issuance of junior subordinated notes to our special purpose trusts formed for the offerings, which issued Tier 1 qualifying preferred stock ~~(trust~~("trust preferred ~~securities)~~securities"). The trust preferred securities are callable by us at any time. Interest is payable on a quarterly basis; however, we may defer interest payments for up to 20 quarters without default or penalty. At ~~September~~June 30, ~~2017,~~2021, we ~~had no deferred~~are current on all interest payments.

~~On July 11, 2016,~~ Additionally, we ~~issued $250~~have $150 million of ~~Senior Notes~~subordinated debt outstanding (the "Notes"), which ~~mature~~matures on ~~July 15, 2021. The proceeds from these notes were used to bring current and redeem our then outstanding TARP Preferred Stock.~~November 1, 2030.

Prior to June 15, 2021, we may redeem some or all of the Senior Notes at a redemption price equal to the greater of 100 percent of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes to be redeemed or the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest.

~~For further information, see Note 9 - Borrowings.~~

Operational Risk

Operational risk is the risk ~~of loss due~~ to ~~human error;~~current or projected financial condition and resilience arising from inadequate or failed internal processes or systems, ~~and controls; violations of,~~human errors or ~~noncompliance with, laws, rules and regulations, prescribed practices,~~misconduct, or ~~ethical standards; and~~adverse external ~~influences such as market conditions,~~events which may include vendor failures, fraudulent activities, disasters, and security risks. We continuously strive to ~~strengthen~~adapt our system of internal controls to ensure compliance with laws, rules, and regulations, and to improve the oversight of our operational risk.

We evaluate internal systems, processes and controls to identify potential vulnerabilities and mitigate potential loss from ~~cyber-attacks and, to date, have not experienced any material losses.~~cyber-attacks. The goal of this framework is to implement effective operational risk techniques and strategies, minimize operational and fraud losses, and enhance our overall performance.

Natural disasters or other catastrophic events may cause damage or disruption to our operations. We have a nationwide mortgage lending presence through a network of brokers, correspondents and retail locations, as well as employees, customers and loans collateralized by properties across the country. As such, events like Hurricanes Harvey and Irma, as well as the recent California wildfires have the potential to impact our business.

During the third quarter of 2017, Hurricanes Harvey and Irma made landfall in Texas and Florida which represent our second and third largest markets for mortgage originations, respectively. These hurricanes could potentially affect credit losses, our ability to close mortgages and generate new loans, or cause us to incur greater losses when repurchasing FHA loans. While our assessment of the impact of these events is still ongoing, our LHFI portfolio contains approximately $279 million loans at risk within the counties which have been deemed disaster areas by FEMA. Based on our initial assessment, we believe damages and any credit impact from the hurricanes will not be significant and that our allowance coverage levels established at September 30, 2017 are adequate to cover any exposure we might have to further credit risk. In accordance with investor guidelines, homeowners within FEMA counties in Texas, Florida, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands have been offered a 90 day forbearance on their mortgage payments and we are working with borrowers on repayment plans in order to allow them extra time for payments to ease their financial burden.

Loans with ~~government guarantees~~Government Guarantees

Substantially all of our ~~loans with government guarantees~~LGG continue to be insured or guaranteed by the FHA or the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs ("VA"). In the event of a government guaranteed loan borrower default, the Bank has a unilateral option to repurchase loans sold to GNMA if the loan is due, but unpaid, for three consecutive months (typically referred to as 90 days past due) and ~~management believes that~~can recover losses through a claims process from the ~~reimbursement process is proceeding appropriately.~~guarantor. Nonperforming repurchased loans in this portfolio earn interest at a rate based upon the 10-year U.S. Treasury note rate from the time the underlying loan becomes 60 days delinquent until the loan is conveyed to HUD (if foreclosure timelines are met), which is not paid by the FHA until claimed. Additionally, if the Bank cures the loan, it can be resold to GNMA. If not, the Bank can begin the process of collecting the government guarantee by filing a claim in accordance with established guidelines. Certain loans within our portfolio may be subject to indemnifications and insurance limits which ~~exposes~~expose us to limited credit risk. In

During the ~~three and nine~~six months ended ~~September~~June 30, ~~2017,~~2021, we ~~experienced~~had less than $2.3 million in net charge-offs ~~of $1 million and $3 million, respectively,~~related to LGG and have reserved for the remaining risks within other assets and as a component of our ALLL on residential first mortgages. These ~~charge-offs~~additional expenses or charges arise due to insurance limits on VA insured loans and FHA property foreclosure and preservation requirements that may result in a loss in excess of all, or in part of, the guarantee.

Our LGG portfolio totaled $2.2 billion at June 30, 2021, as compared to $2.5 billion at December 31, 2020. GNMA has granted borrowers with an option to seek forbearances on their mortgage repayments. $642 million of GNMA loans are in forbearance as of June 30, 2021. When a GNMA loan is due, but unpaid, for three consecutive months (typically referred to as 90 days past due) the loan is required to be re-recognized on the balance sheet by the MSR owner. These loans are recorded in LGG, and the liability to repurchase the loans is recorded in loans with government guarantees ~~portfolio totaled $253 million at September~~repurchase options on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. This resulted in $1.0 billion of repurchase options as of June 30, ~~2017, as compared to $365 million at~~2021, a $0.9 billion decrease from December 31, ~~2016. The decrease is primarily due~~2020. During the six-months ended June 30, 2021 we repurchased $1.1 billion of LGG loans which are eligible to be modified. We intend to continue to repurchase these loans ~~transferred~~when they are able to ~~LHFS~~be modified, generally after the forbearance period has ended which we believe will be accretive to net income by modifying and ~~resold to Ginnie Mae out-pacing new purchases.~~re-selling the loans or utilizing the partial claims process.

For further information, see Note 5 - Loans with Government ~~Guarantees.~~Guarantees and the Credit Risk - Payment Deferrals section of the MD&A.

Representation and ~~warranty reserve~~Warranty Reserve

When we sell mortgage loans, we make customary representations and warranties to the purchasers, including sponsored securitization trusts and their insurers (primarily Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac).

~~The representation and warranty benefit~~ An estimate of ~~$4 million and $11 million during~~ the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017, respectively, was primarily due to lower loss severities for agency repurchases, and sustained lower volumes of repurchases and the continued reduction in our repurchase demand pipeline.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, we had $12 million in Fannie Mae new repurchase demands and $6 million in Freddie Mac new repurchase demands. These amounts are down as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2016 when we had $14 million in Fannie Mae new repurchase demands and $10 million in Freddie Mac new repurchase demands. The total UPB of 2009 and later vintage loans, which are subject to the representation and warranty reserve, sold to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac was $195 million and $177 million at September 30, 2017 and September 30, 2016, respectively.

~~For further information on Representation and Warranty Reserve, see Note 10 - Representation and Warranty Reserve.~~

~~Regulatory Risks~~

~~Consent Orders~~

On September 29, 2014, the Bank entered into a Consent Order with the CFPB. The Consent Order relates to alleged violations of federal consumer financial laws arising from the Bank’s residential first mortgage loan loss mitigation practices and default servicing operations dating back to 2011. Under the terms of the Consent Order, the Bank paid $28 million for borrower remediation and $10 million in civil money penalties. The settlement does not involve any admission of wrongdoing on the part of the Bank or our employees, directors, officers, or agents. For further information and a complete description of all of the terms of the Consent Order, please refer to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 29, 2014.

~~Supervisory Agreement~~

On January 28, 2010, we became subject to the Supervisory Agreement, which will remain in effect until terminated, modified, or suspended in writing by the Federal Reserve. The failure to comply with the Supervisory Agreement could result in the initiation of further enforcement action by the Federal Reserve, including the imposition of further operating restrictions, and could result in additional enforcement actions against us. We have taken actions which we believe are appropriate to comply with, and intend to maintain compliance with, all of the requirements of the Supervisory Agreement. For further information and a complete description of all of the terms of the Supervisory Agreement, please refer to the copy of the Supervisory Agreement filed with the SEC as an exhibit to our 2016 Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016.

~~Department of Justice Settlement Agreement~~

On February 24, 2012, the Bank entered into a Settlement Agreement with the DOJ under which we made an initial payment of $15 million and agreed to make future payments totaling $118 million in annual increments of up to $25 million upon meeting all of the following conditions which are evaluated quarterly and include: (a) the reversal of the DTA valuation allowance, which occurred at the end of 2013; (b) the repayment of the Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C (the "TARP Preferred"), which occurred in July 2016; and (c) the Bank having a Tier 1 Leverage Capital Ratio of 11 percent or greater as filed in the Call Report with the OCC.

No payment would be required until six months after the Bank files its Call Report first reporting that its Tier 1 Leverage Capital Ratio was 11 percent or greater. If all other conditions were then satisfied, an initial annual payment of $25 million would be due at that time. The next annual payment is only made if all conditions continue to be satisfied otherwise payments are delayed until all such conditions are met. Further, making such a payment must not violate any material banking regulatory requirement, and the OCC must not object in writing.

The combination of (a) future dividends from the Bank to Bancorp and (b) continued growth in earning assets at the Bank are expected to continue to limit the growth rate of the Bank’s Tier 1 Leverage Capital Ratio, which could have an impact on the timing of expected cash flows under the Settlement Agreement.

Consistent with our business and regulatory requirements, Flagstar shall seek in good faith to fulfill the conditions, and will not undertake any conduct or fail to take any action the purpose of which is to frustrate or delay our ability to fulfill any of the conditions.

Additionally, if the Bank or Bancorp become party to a business combination in which the Bank and Bancorp represent less than 33.3 percent of the resulting company’s assets, annual payments would commence twelve months after the date of that business combination.

~~The Settlement Agreement meets the definition of a financial instrument for which we elected the fair value option. The~~ fair value of the ~~liability~~guarantee associated with the mortgage loans is ~~subject to significant uncertainty~~recorded in other liabilities in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, which was $7 million at June 30, 2021 and is impacted by forecasted estimates of equity, earnings, timing and amount of dividends and growth of the balance sheet and their related impacts on forecasted Tier 1 Leverage Capital Ratio. We consider the assumptions a market participant would make to transfer the liability and evaluate multiple possible outcomes and our estimates of the likelihood of these outcomes, which may change over time. December 31, 2020.

Capital

~~Under the OCC's capital distribution regulations, a savings bank that is a subsidiary of a savings~~ Management actively reviews and loan holding company must either notify or seek approval from the OCC of a capital distribution at least 30 days prior to the declaration of a dividend or the approval by the board of directors of the proposed capital distribution. The 30-day period allows the OCC to determine whether the distribution would not be advisable. Also, under Federal Reserve requirements, the Bank must provide a 30-day notice to the Federal Reserve prior to declaring or paying dividends. In addition, under the Supervisory Agreement, the Company agreed to request prior non-objection of the Federal Reserve to pay dividends or other capital distributions. We seek to managemanages our capital ~~levels~~position and overall business in a manner which we consider to be prudent and work with our regulators to ensure that our capital levels are appropriate considering our risk profile and evaluation of the capital levels maintained by peer institutions.

~~Regulatory Capital Composition - Transition~~

~~The maintenance of appropriate levels of capital is monitored by management on a regular basis.~~strategy. We ~~manage our funding and capital positions by making adjustments to our balance sheet size and composition and hold capital to protect liability holders from the risk of loss.~~

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, we must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of our assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Our capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors. We are currently subject to regulatory capital rules issued by U.S. banking regulators.

Effective January 1, 2015, we became subject to the Basel III rules, which include certain transition provisions. Capital deductions to the Company's MSRs and deferred tax assets are recognized in 20 percent annual increments, and will be fully recognized as of January 1, 2018. When presented on a fully phased-in basis, capital, risk-weighted assets, and the capital ratios assume all regulatory capital adjustments and deductions are fully recognized. At September 30, 2017, the Company and the Bank were subject to the transitional phase-in limitation on deductions related to MSRs and certain deferred tax assets. The annual incremental change in the deductions due to the increase in the transitional phase-in from 60 percent in 2016 to 80 percent in 2017 reduced our regulatory capital ratios. These transitional phase in amounts increase to 100 percent in 2018.

Effective January 1, 2016, we became subject to the capital conservation buffer under the Basel III rules, subjecting a banking organization to certain limitations on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers if the organization does not maintain a capital conservation buffer above the minimum risk based capital requirements. The capital conservation buffer for 2017 must be greater than 1.25 percent in order to not be subject to limitations. The Company and the Bank had a capital conservation buffer of 7.0 percent and 7.9 percent, respectively, as of September 30, 2017. When fully phased-in on January 1, 2019, the capital conservation buffer must be greater than 2.5 percent.

Dodd-Frank Act Section 171, commonly known as the Collins Amendment, grandfathered the regulatory capital treatment of hybrid securities, such as trust preferred securities issued prior to May 9, 2010, for banks or holding companies with less than $15 billion in total consolidated assets as of December 31, 2009.

~~At September 30, 2017, we were considered "well-capitalized" for regulatory purposes.~~

~~The following tables show the regulatory capital ratios as of the dates indicated:~~

September 30, 2017 December 31, 2016
Amount Ratio Amount Ratio
(Dollars in millions)
Bancorp
Tier 1 leverage (to adjusted avg. total assets) $ 1,423
8.80 % $ 1,256
8.88 %
Total adjusted avg. total asset base (1)
16,165
14,149

Tier 1 capital (to RWA) $ 1,423
13.72 % $ 1,256
15.12 %
Common equity Tier 1 (to RWA) 1,208
11.65 % 1,084
13.06 %
Total capital (to RWA) 1,554
14.99 % 1,363
16.41 %
Risk-weighted asset base (1)
$ 10,371
$ 8,305

September 30, 2017 December 31, 2016
Amount Ratio Amount Ratio
(Dollars in millions)
Bank
Tier 1 leverage (to adjusted avg. total assets) $ 1,519
9.38 % $ 1,491
10.52 %
Total adjusted avg. total asset base (1)
16,191
14,177

Tier 1 capital (to RWA) $ 1,519
14.61 % $ 1,491
17.90 %
Common equity Tier 1 (to RWA) 1,519
14.61 % 1,491
17.90 %
Total capital (to RWA) 1,651
15.88 % 1,598
19.18 %
Risk-weighted asset base (1)
$ 10,396
$ 8,332


~~(1)~~	~~Based on adjusted total assets for purposes of Tier 1 leverage capital and RWA for purposes Tier 1, common equity Tier 1, and total risk-based capital.~~

Our Bancorp Tier 1 leverage ratio decreased at September 30, 2017, compared to December 31, 2016, primarily as a result of an increase in average assets during the nine months ended September 30, 2017.

Banks with assets greater than $10 billion are required to submit a DFAST under the final rules established by their primary regulator. DFAST requires banks to project results over a nine-quarter planning horizon under three scenarios (baseline, adverse, and severely adverse) published by the Federal Reserve and to show that the bank would exceed regulatory minimum capital standards for the Tier 1 leverage ratio, Tier 1 common ratio, Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio, and the Total risk-based capital ratio under all of these scenarios. We are not subject to the Federal Reserve’s Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review program.

~~Additionally, we~~ conduct quarterly capital stress tests and capital adequacy ~~assessments. These quarterly capital stress tests~~assessments which utilize internally defined ~~scenarios that~~scenarios. These analyses are designed to help ~~management~~Management and the Board better understand the integrated sensitivity of various risk exposures through quantifying the potential financial and capital impacts of hypothetical stressful events and scenarios. We make adjustments to our balance sheet composition taking into consideration potential business risks, regulatory requirements and the flexibility to support future growth. We prudently manage our capital position and work with our regulators to ensure that our capital levels are appropriate considering our risk profile.

The ~~following table contains certain regulatory~~capital standards we are subject to include requirements contemplated by the Dodd-Frank Act as well as guidelines reached by Basel III. These risk-based capital adequacy guidelines are intended to measure capital adequacy with regard to a banking organization’s balance sheet, including off-balance sheet exposures such as unused portions of loan commitments, letters of credit, and recourse arrangements. Our capital ratios ~~for the Bank and the Company:~~

Regulatory Minimums Regulatory Minimums to be Well-Capitalized Bank Bancorp
September 30, 2017
Basel III Ratios (transitional)
Common equity Tier I capital ratio 4.50 % 6.50 % 14.61 % 11.65 %
Tier I leverage ratio 4.00 % 5.00 % 9.38 % 8.80 %
Basel III Ratios (fully phased-in) (1)

Common equity Tier I capital ratio 4.50 % 6.50 % 13.80 % 10.58 %
Tier I leverage ratio 4.00 % 5.00 % 9.13 % 8.43 %


~~(1)~~	~~Refer to MD&A - Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.~~

~~The impact under the fully phased~~are maintained at levels in ~~Basel III rules~~excess of those considered to ~~our~~be "well-capitalized" by regulators. Tier 1 leverage ~~ratio is mostly~~was 9.21 percent at June 30, 2021 providing a 421 basis point stress buffer above the minimum level needed to be considered “well-capitalized.” Additionally, total risk-based capital to RWA was 14.13 percent at June 30, 2021 providing a 413 basis point buffer above the minimum level needed to be considered "well-capitalized". This represents a 95 basis point improvement over the prior quarter driven by our strong quarterly earnings and lower total risk weighted assets.

Dodd-Frank Act Section 171, commonly known as the ~~treatment~~Collins Amendment, established minimum Tier 1 leverage and risk-based capital requirements for insured depository institutions, depository institution holding companies, and non-bank financial companies that ~~MSRs receive~~are supervised under ~~Basel III. Once fully phased in,~~ the ~~Basel III capital rules will significantly reduce~~Federal Reserve. Under the ~~allowable amount of the fair value of MSRs~~amendment, certain hybrid securities, such as trust preferred securities, may be included in Tier 1 ~~capital. At September 30, 2017,~~capital for bank holding companies that had total assets below $15 billion as of December 31, 2009. As we ~~had $246 million~~were below $15 billion in assets as of ~~MSRs, representing 17.3 percent of Tier 1 capital. Our ratio of MSRs to~~December 31, 2009, the trust preferred securities classified as long-term debt on our balance sheet will be included as Tier 1 capital, ~~was 26.7 percent at December 31, 2016. During the nine months ended September 30, 2017,~~unless we ~~had $260 million in bulk MSR sales. Over the long term,~~complete an acquisition of a depository institution holding company or a depository institution and we ~~plan to continue to reduce our MSRs to Tier 1 ratio, taking into consideration market conditions to guide our pace of MSR reduction.~~

On August 22, 2017, in preparation for a forthcoming proposal that would simplify regulatory capital requirements, the federal banking regulators proposed a rule that would extend the existing transitional capital treatment for certain regulatory capital deductions and risk weights. The Agencies are proposing to extend the existing transition provisions for a targeted set of items: MSRs, certain DTAs, investmentsreport total assets greater than $15 billion in the ~~capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions,~~quarter in which the acquisition occurs. Should that event occur, our trust preferred securities would be included in Tier 2 capital.

Regulatory Capital

The Bank and ~~minority interests. This proposal would postpone the implementation of the fully phased-in requirements for these items by banking organizations that~~Flagstar are ~~not~~ subject to the ~~advanced approaches~~Basel III-based U.S. rules, including capital ~~rules prior~~simplification in 2020.

On March 27, 2020, in response to COVID-19, U.S. banking regulators issued an interim final rule that allows banking organizations the ~~Agencies’ consideration~~option to delay the initial adoption impact of ~~simplification~~CECL on regulatory capital for two years followed by a three-year transition period. During the two-year delay we will add back to ~~the~~CET1 capital ~~rules.~~

~~On September 27, 2017, the federal banking agencies released a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPR), proposing changes to certain aspects~~100 percent of the ~~bank capital rules under the “standardized approach.” The proposal is to modify the approach to the capital treatment~~initial adoption impact of acquisition, development, and construction (ADC) loans characterized under the current capital rules as high volatility commercial real estate (HVCRE) exposures. The rule is intended to simplify the capital treatment of ADC loans and broaden the number ADC loans subject to a higher risk weighting, while reducing the risk weight for covered loans from 150% to 130%.

In addition, the new proposal would simplify the threshold deduction treatment for MSRs, temporary difference DTAs not realizable through carryback, and investments in the capital of unconsolidated financial institutions. The proposal would require that non-advanced approaches banking organizations deduct from common equity tier 1 capital any amount of MSRs, temporary difference DTAs, and investments in the capital of unconsolidated financial institutions that individually exceedsCECL plus 25 percent of the ~~common equity tier~~cumulative quarterly changes in the ACL (i.e., quarterly transitional amounts). After two years, starting on January 1, ~~capital deduction threshold. Consistent~~2022, the quarterly transitional amounts along with the initial adoption impact of CECL will be phased out of CET1 capital ~~rule, under~~over the ~~proposal,~~three-year period.

For the period presented, the following table sets forth our capital ratios as well as our excess capital over well-capitalized minimums.


Flagstar Bancorp	Actual			Well-Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions			Excess Capital Over Well-Capitalized Minimum
	Amount	Ratio		Amount	Ratio		Capital Simplification
	(Dollars in millions)
June 30, 2021
Tier 1 leverage capital (to adjusted avg. total assets)	2,562	9.21	%	1,391	5.0	%	$	1,171
Common equity Tier 1 capital (to RWA)	2,322	11.38	%	1,326	6.5	%	996
Tier 1 capital (to RWA)	2,562	12.56	%	1,632	8.0	%	930
Total capital (to RWA)	2,882	14.13	%	2,040	10.0	%	842

As presented in the table above, our constraining capital ratio is our total capital to risk weighted assets at 14.13 percent. It would take a ~~banking organization would continue~~$842 million after-tax loss, with the balance sheet remaining constant, for our total risk-based capital ratio to ~~apply a 250 percent risk weight~~fall below the level considered to ~~any~~be "well-capitalized".

As of June 30, 2021, we had $342 million in MSRs, or$71 million in DTAs arising from temporary ~~DTAs not deducted. Also, any~~differences and no material investments in ~~the capital of~~ unconsolidated financial institutions ~~that are not deducted, would be assigned a risk weight according to the exposure category of the investment.~~

~~We are currently reviewing the proposed rules and the potential impact they may have~~or minority interest which drive differences between our current capital ratios. For additional information on our ~~regulatory capital. If enacted as proposed, we believe the rules should accelerate the~~ capital formation necessary to support further balance sheet growth and, under a limit of 25 percent of capital, give us the flexibility to better manage the uncertainties that may exist within the MSR market at any given time. This will allow us to hold more MSRs which are a high yielding asset that we fund efficiently and for which we hedge exposure to changes in interest rates, convexity and implied future volatility. Flagstar Bancorp's Tier 1 Leverage ratio should increase approximately 70 basis points after applying the simplified capital rules under the NPR.requirements, see Note 14 - Regulatory Matters.

Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

In addition to results presented in accordance with GAAP, this report includes certain non-GAAP financial ~~measures such as the estimated fully implemented Basel III capital levels and ratios and tangible book value per share.~~measures. We believe these non-GAAP financial measures provide additional information that is useful to investors in helping to understand the underlying performance and trends of the Company.

Non-GAAP financial measures have inherent limitations, which are not required to be uniformly applied and are not audited. Readers should be aware of these limitations and should be cautious with respect to the use of such measures. To mitigate these limitations, we have practices in place to ensure that these measures are calculated using the appropriate GAAP or regulatory components in their entirety and to ensure that our performance is properly reflected to facilitate consistent period-to-period comparisons. Our method of calculating these non-GAAP measures may differ from methods used by other companies. Although we believe the non-GAAP financial measures disclosed in this report enhance investors' understanding of our business and performance, these non-GAAP measures should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for those financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP. Where non-GAAP financial measures are used, the most directly comparable GAAP or regulatory financial measure, as well as the reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP or regulatory financial measure, can be found in this report.

~~Nonperforming assets / Tier 1 + Allowance for Loan Losses.~~ The ratio of nonperforming assets to Tier 1 and ALLL divides the total level of nonperforming LHFI assets by Tier 1 capital (to adjusted total assets), as defined by bank regulations, plus ALLL. We believe these measurements are meaningful measures of capital adequacy used by investors, regulators, management and others to evaluate the adequacy of capital in comparison to other companies within the industry.

September 30, 2017 December 31, 2016
(Dollars in millions)
Nonperforming assets $ 40
$ 54
Tier 1 capital (to adjusted total assets) 1,423
1,256
Allowance for loan losses 140
142
Tier 1 capital + ALLL $ 1,563
$ 1,398
Nonperforming assets / Tier 1 capital + ALLL 2.6 % 3.9 %

Tangible book value per ~~share.~~ share, adjusted return on average tangible common equity, adjusted return on average assets, adjusted noninterest expense, adjusted provision for income taxes, adjusted net income, adjusted basic earnings per share, adjusted diluted earnings per share, adjusted net interest margin and adjusted efficiency ratio. The Company believes that ~~tangible book value per share provides~~these non-GAAP financial measures provide a meaningful representation of its operating performance on an ongoing ~~basis.~~basis for investors, securities analysts, and others. Management uses ~~this measure~~these measures to assess performance of the Company against its peers and evaluate overall performance.

The ~~Company believes this~~following tables provide a reconciliation of non-GAAP financial ~~measure provides useful information for investors, securities analysts and others because it provides a tool to evaluate the Company’s performance on an ongoing basis and compared to its peers.~~measures.


	June 30, 2021			March 31, 2021			December 31, 2020			September 30, 2020			June 30, 2020
	(Dollars in millions)
Total stockholders' equity	$	2,498		$	2,358		$	2,201		$	2,195		$	1,971
Less: Goodwill and intangible assets	152			155			157			160			164
Tangible book value/Tangible common equity	$	2,346		$	2,203		$	2,044		$	2,035		$	1,807

Number of common shares outstanding	52,862,264			52,752,600			52,656,067			57,150,470			56,943,979
Tangible book value per share	$	44.38		$	41.77		$	38.80		$	35.60		$	31.74

Total assets	$	27,065		$	29,449		$	31,038		$	29,476		$	27,468
Tangible common equity to assets ratio	8.67		%	7.48		%	6.58		%	6.90		%	6.58		%


	Three Months Ended,						Six Months Ended,
	June 30, 2021			March 31, 2021			June 30, 2021			June 30, 2020
	(Dollars in millions, except share data)
Net income	$	147		$	149		$	296		$	161
Plus: Intangible asset amortization, net of tax	2			2			4			6
Tangible net income	149			151			300			167

Total average equity	2,448			2,319			2,384			1,915
Less: Average goodwill and intangible assets	153			156			155			167
Total average tangible equity	2,295			2,163			2,229			1,748

Return on average tangible common equity	25.92		%	27.99		%	26.92		%	19.07		%
Adjustment to remove DOJ settlement expense	—		%	4.98		%	3.86		%	—		%
Adjustment for former CEO SERP agreement	(2.14)		%	—		%	(1.09)		%	—		%
Adjustment for merger costs	1.89		%	—		%	0.97		%	—		%
Adjusted Return on average tangible common equity	25.67		%	32.97		%	30.66		%	19.07		%

Return on average assets	2.09		%	1.98		%	2.04		%	1.30		%
Adjustment to remove DOJ	—		%	0.36		%	0.16		%	—		%
Adjustment for former CEO SERP settlement agreement	(0.11)		%	—		%	(0.05)		%	—		%
Adjustment for merger costs	0.10		%	—		%	0.04		%	—		%
Adjusted return on average assets	2.08		%	2.34		%	2.19		%	1.30		%

September 30, 2017 December 31, 2016 September 30, 2016
(Dollars in millions, except share data)
Total stock holders' equity $ 1,451
$ 1,336
$ 1,286
Preferred stock —
—
—
Goodwill and intangibles 21
—
—
Tangible book value $ 1,430
$ 1,336
$ 1,286

Number of common shares outstanding 57,181,536
56,824,802
56,597,271
Tangible book value per share $ 25.01
$ 23.50
$ 22.72
Adjusted HFI loan-to-deposit ratio.

~~Basel III (transitional) to Basel III (fully phased-in) reconciliation.~~ On January 1, 2015, the Basel III rules became effective, subject to transition provisions primarily related to regulatory deductions and adjustments impacting common equity Tier 1 capital and Tier 1 capital. When fully phased-in, Basel III, will increase capital requirements through higher minimum capital levels as well as through increases in risk-weights for certain exposures. Additionally, the final Basel III rules place greater emphasis on common equity. In October 2013, the OCC and Federal Reserve released final rules detailing the U.S. implementation of Basel III and the application of the risk-based and leverage capital rules to top-tier savings and loan holding companies. We have transitioned to the Basel III framework beginning in January 2015 and are subject to a phase-in period extending through 2018. Accordingly, the calculations provided below and on the previous page, are estimates. These measures are considered to be non-GAAP financial measures because they are not formally defined by GAAP and the Basel III implementation regulations. The Common Equity Tier 1, Tier 1, Total Capital and Leverage ratios will not be fully phased-in until January 1, 2018 and the Capital Conservation buffer will not be fully phased-in until January 1, 2019. The regulations are subject to change as clarifying guidance becomes available and the calculations currently include our interpretations of the requirements including informal feedback received through the regulatory process. The federal banking regulators have issued a series of new proposals regarding regulatory capital which may freeze or eliminate the transitional rules. See MD&A -Regulatory Capital Composition - Transition section for further information. Other entities may calculate the Basel III ratios differently from ours based on their interpretation of the guidelines. Since analysts and banking regulators may assess our capital adequacy using the Basel III framework, we believe that it is useful to provide investors information enabling them to assess our capital adequacy on the same basis.


	June 30, 2021			March 31, 2021			December 31, 2020			September 30, 2020			June 30, 2020
	(Dollars in millions)
Average LHFI	$	13,688		$	14,915		$	15,703		$	14,839		$	13,596
Less: Average warehouse loans	5,410			6,395			6,948			5,697			3,785
Adjusted average LHFI	$	8,278		$	8,520		$	8,755		$	9,142		$	9,811

Average deposits	$	19,070		$	20,043		$	21,068		$	19,561		$	17,715
Less: Average custodial deposits	6,188			7,194			8,527			7,347			6,223
Adjusted average deposits	$	12,882		$	12,849		$	12,541		$	12,214		$	11,492

HFI loan-to-deposit ratio	71.8		%	74.4		%	74.5		%	75.9		%	76.7		%
Adjusted HFI loan-to-deposit ratio	64.3		%	66.3		%	69.8		%	74.8		%	85.4		%

Common Equity Tier 1 (to RWA) Tier 1 leverage (to adjusted avg. total assets) Tier 1 Capital (to RWA)
Total Risk-Based Capital
(to RWA)
(Dollars in millions)
September 30, 2017
Flagstar Bancorp
Regulatory capital – Basel III (transitional) to Basel III (fully phased-in)
Basel III (transitional) $ 1,208
$ 1,423
$ 1,423
$ 1,554
Increased deductions related to deferred tax assets, MSRs, and other capital components (90 ) (65 ) (65 ) (62 )
Basel III (fully phased-in) capital $ 1,118
$ 1,358
$ 1,358
$ 1,492
Risk-weighted assets – Basel III (transitional) to Basel III (fully phased-in)
Basel III assets (transitional) $ 10,371
$ 16,165
$ 10,371
$ 10,371
Net change in assets 191
(65 ) 191
191
Basel III (fully phased-in) assets $ 10,562
$ 16,100
$ 10,562
$ 10,562
Capital ratios
Basel III (transitional) 11.65 % 8.80 % 13.72 % 14.99 %
Basel III (fully phased-in) 10.58 % 8.43 % 12.86 % 14.13 %


	Three Months Ended,						Six Months Ended,
	June 30, 2021			March 31, 2021			June 30, 2021			June 30, 2020
	(Dollars in millions)
Noninterest expense	$	289		$	347		$	636		$	526
Adjustment to remove DOJ settlement expense	$	—		$	35		$	35		$	—
Adjustment for former CEO SERP agreement	$	(10)		$	—		$	(10)		$	—
Adjustment for merger costs	$	9		$	—		$	9		$	—
Adjusted noninterest expense	$	290		$	312		$	602		$	526

Income before income taxes	$	190		$	194		$	383		$	203
Adjustment to remove DOJ settlement expense	$	—		$	35		$	35		$	—
Adjustment for former CEO SERP agreement	$	(10)		$	—		$	(10)		$	—
Adjustment for merger costs	$	9		$	—		$	9		$	—
Adjusted income before income taxes	$	189		$	229		$	417		$	203

Provision for income taxes	$	43		$	45		$	87		$	42
Adjustment to remove DOJ settlement expense	$	—		$	(8)		$	(8)		$	—
Adjustment for former CEO SERP agreement	$	2		$	—		$	2		$	—
Adjustment for merger costs	$	(2)		$	—		$	(2)		$	—
Adjusted provision for income taxes	$	43		$	53		$	95		$	42

Net income	$	147		$	149		$	296		$	161
Adjusted net income	$	146		$	176		$	322		$	161

Weighted average common shares outstanding	52,763,868			52,675,562			52,719,959			56,723,254
Weighted average diluted common shares	53,536,669			53,297,803			53,417,896			57,156,815
Adjusted basic earnings per share	$	2.78		$	3.34		$	6.11		$	2.85
Adjusted diluted earnings per share	$	2.73		$	3.31		$	6.03		$	2.83

Average interest earning assets	$	25,269		$	27,178		$	26,219		$	22,421
Net interest margin	2.90		%	2.82		%	2.86		%	2.83		%
Adjustment to LGG loans available for repurchase	0.16		%	0.20		%	0.18		%	—		%
Adjusted net interest margin	3.06		%	3.02		%	3.04		%	2.83		%

Efficiency Ratio	67		%	68		%	67		%	62		%
Adjustment to remove DOJ settlement expense	—		%	(7)		%	(3)		%	—		%
Adjustment for former CEO SERP agreement	1		%	—		%	1		%	—		%
Adjustment for merger costs	(1)		%	—		%	(1)		%	—		%
Adjusted efficiency ratio	67		%	61		%	64		%	62		%

Common Equity Tier 1 (to RWA) Tier 1 leverage (to adjusted avg. total assets) Tier 1 Capital (to RWA)
Total Risk-Based Capital
(to RWA)
(Dollars in millions)
September 30, 2017
Flagstar Bank
Regulatory capital – Basel III (transitional) to Basel III (fully phased-in)
Basel III (transitional) $ 1,519
$ 1,519
$ 1,519
$ 1,651
Increased deductions related to deferred tax assets, MSRs, and other capital components (44 ) (44 ) (44 ) (41 )
Basel III (fully phased-in) capital $ 1,475
$ 1,475
$ 1,475
$ 1,610
Risk-weighted assets – Basel III (transitional) to Basel III (fully phased-in)
Basel III assets (transitional) $ 10,396
$ 16,191
$ 10,396
$ 10,396
Net change in assets 293
(45 ) 293
293
Basel III (fully phased-in) assets $ 10,689
$ 16,146
$ 10,689
$ 10,689
Capital ratios
Basel III (transitional) 14.61 % 9.38 % 14.61 % 15.88 %
Basel III (fully phased-in) 13.80 % 9.13 % 13.80 % 15.06 %

Critical Accounting Estimates

Various elements of our accounting policies, by their nature, are subject to estimation techniques, valuation assumptions and other subjective assessments. Certain accounting policies that, due to the judgment, estimates and assumptions ~~in those policies~~ are critical to an understanding of our Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes, are described in Item 1. These policies relate to: (a) the determination of our ~~ALLL;~~ACL and (b) fair value measurements. We believe the judgment, estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes are appropriate given the factual circumstances at the time. However, given the sensitivity of our Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes to these critical accounting policies, the use of other judgments, estimates and assumptions could result in material differences in our results of operations and/or financial condition.

For further information on our critical accounting policies, please refer to our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, ~~2016,~~2020 and our Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2021, which isare available on our website, flagstar.com, under the Investor Relations section, or on the website of the Securities and Exchange Commission, at sec.gov.

~~FORWARD~~Forward – ~~LOOKING STATEMENTS~~Looking Statements

Certain statements in this Form 10-Q, including but not limited to statements included within the Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition, ~~and~~ Results of Operations, and certain statements with respect to the pending merger of Flagstar and New York Community Bancorp, Inc. ("NYCB") including without limitation the expected timing of consummation of the merger, are "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, as amended. In addition, ~~Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.~~we may make forward-looking statements in our other documents filed with or furnished to the ~~SEC,~~Security and Exchange Commission, and our ~~management~~Management may make forward-looking statements orally to analysts, investors, representatives of the media, and others.

Generally, forward-looking statements are not based on historical facts but instead represent ~~management’s~~Management’s current beliefs and expectations regarding future ~~events.~~events and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. The COVID-19 pandemic is adversely affecting us, our customers, counterparties, employees, and third-party service providers, and the ultimate extent of the impacts on our business, financial position, results of operations, liquidity, and prospects is uncertain. Other than as required under United States securities laws, Flagstar does not undertake to update the forward-looking statements to reflect the impact of circumstances or events that may arise after the date of the forward-looking statements. Such statements may be identified by words such as believe, expect, anticipate, intend, plan, estimate, may increase, may fluctuate, and similar expressions or future or conditional verbs such as will, should, would, and could. ~~Such statements are based on management’s current expectations and are subject to risks, uncertainties and changes in circumstances. Actual~~Our actual results and capital and other financial conditions may differ materially from those ~~included~~described in ~~these~~the forward-looking statements ~~due to~~depending upon a variety of factors, including without ~~limitation~~limitation: the occurrence of any event, change or other circumstances that could give rise to the right of one or both of the parties to terminate the definitive merger agreement among Flagstar, NYCB, and 615 Corp.; the outcome of any legal proceedings that may be instituted against Flagstar or NYCB; the possibility that the proposed transaction will not close when expected or at all because required regulatory, shareholder or other approvals are not received or other conditions to the closing are not satisfied on a timely basis or at all, or are obtained subject to conditions that are not anticipated; the ability of Flagstar and NYCB to meet expectations regarding the timing, completion and accounting and tax treatments of the proposed transaction; the risk that any announcements relating to the proposed transaction could have adverse effects on the market price of the common stock of Flagstar and/or NYCB; the possibility that the anticipated benefits of the proposed transaction will not be realized when expected or at all, including as a result of the impact of, or problems arising from, the integration of the two companies or as a result of the strength of the economy and competitive factors in the areas where Flagstar and NYCB do business; certain restrictions during the pendency of the proposed transaction that may impact the parties’ ability to pursue certain business opportunities or strategic transactions; the possibility that the proposed transaction may be more expensive to complete than anticipated, including as a result of unexpected factors or events; diversion of management’s attention from ongoing business operations and opportunities; the possibility that the parties may be unable to achieve expected synergies and operating efficiencies in the proposed transaction within the expected timeframes or at all and to successfully integrate Flagstar’s operations and those of NYCB; such integration may be more difficult, time consuming or costly than expected; revenues following the proposed transaction may be lower than expected; potential adverse reactions or changes to business or employee relationships, including those resulting from the announcement or completion of the proposed transaction; Flagstar’s and NYCB's success in executing their respective business plans and strategies and managing the risks involved in the foregoing; and the precautionary statements included within ~~each individual business’~~the discussion and analysis of our results of operations and the risk factors listed and described in Item 1A to Part I, of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, ~~2016~~2020, which are incorporated by reference herein, and Item 1A1A. to Part II, of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q ~~which are incorporated by reference herein.~~for the quarter ended June 30, 2021.

Other than as required under United States securities laws, ~~Flagstar Bancorp does~~we do not undertake to update the forward-looking statements to reflect the impact of circumstances or events that may arise after the date of the forward-looking statements.

Item 1. Financial Statements

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

(In millions, except share data)


	September 30, 2017			December 31, 2016				June 30, 2021		December 31, 2020
	(Unaudited)			(Unaudited)				(Unaudited)
Assets							Assets
Cash	$	88		$	84		Cash	$	168	$	251
Interest-earning deposits	145			74			Interest-earning deposits	177		372
Total cash and cash equivalents	233			158			Total cash and cash equivalents	345		623
Investment securities available-for-sale	1,637			1,480			Investment securities available-for-sale	1,823		1,944
Investment securities held-to-maturity	977			1,093			Investment securities held-to-maturity	270		377
Loans held-for-sale ($4,907 and $3,145 measured at fair value, respectively)	4,939			3,177
Loans held-for-investment ($13 and $72 measured at fair value, respectively)	7,203			6,065
Loans held-for-sale ($5,834 and $7,009 measured at fair value, respectively)							Loans held-for-sale ($5,834 and $7,009 measured at fair value, respectively)	6,138		7,098
Loans held-for-investment ($21 and $13 measured at fair value, respectively)							Loans held-for-investment ($21 and $13 measured at fair value, respectively)	14,052		16,227
Loans with government guarantees	253			365			Loans with government guarantees	2,226		2,516
Less: allowance for loan losses	(140		)	(142		)	Less: allowance for loan losses	(202)		(252)
Total loans held-for-investment and loans with government guarantees, net	7,316			6,288			Total loans held-for-investment and loans with government guarantees, net	16,076		18,491
Mortgage servicing rights	246			335			Mortgage servicing rights	342		329
Net deferred tax asset	248			286
Federal Home Loan Bank stock	264			180			Federal Home Loan Bank stock	377		377
Premises and equipment, net	314			275			Premises and equipment, net	374		392
Goodwill and intangible assets							Goodwill and intangible assets	152		157
Other assets	706			781			Other assets	1,168		1,250
Total assets	$	16,880		$	14,053		Total assets	$	27,065	$	31,038
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity							Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Noninterest bearing deposits	$	2,272		$	2,077		Noninterest bearing deposits	$	10,675	$	9,458
Interest bearing deposits	6,889			6,723			Interest bearing deposits	7,986		10,515
Total deposits	9,161			8,800			Total deposits	18,661		19,973
Short-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances	4,065			1,780
Short-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other							Short-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other	2,095		3,900
Long-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances	1,300			1,200			Long-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances	1,200		1,200
Other long-term debt	493			493			Other long-term debt	396		641
Representation and warranty reserve	16			27
Other liabilities ($60 and $60 measured at fair value, respectively)	394			417
Loans with government guarantees repurchase options							Loans with government guarantees repurchase options	989		1,851
Other liabilities ($0 and $35 measured at fair value, respectively)							Other liabilities ($0 and $35 measured at fair value, respectively)	1,226		1,272
Total liabilities	15,429			12,717			Total liabilities	24,567		28,837
Stockholders’ Equity							Stockholders’ Equity
Common stock $0.01 par value, 80,000,000 and 70,000,000 shares authorized; 57,181,536 and 56,824,802 shares issued and outstanding, respectively	1			1
Common stock $0.01 par value, 80,000,000 shares authorized; 52,862,264 and 52,656,067 shares issued and outstanding, respectively							Common stock $0.01 par value, 80,000,000 shares authorized; 52,862,264 and 52,656,067 shares issued and outstanding, respectively	1		1
Additional paid in capital	1,511			1,503			Additional paid in capital	1,356		1,346
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(8		)	(7		)
Accumulated deficit	(53		)	(161		)
Accumulated other comprehensive income							Accumulated other comprehensive income	45		47
Retained earnings							Retained earnings	1,096		807
Total stockholders’ equity	1,451			1,336			Total stockholders’ equity	2,498		2,201
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	16,880		$	14,053		Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	27,065	$	31,038

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(In millions, except per share data)
Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30,
2017 2016 2017 2016
(Unaudited)
Interest Income
Loans $ 120
$ 90
$ 319
$ 256
Investment securities 20
16
59
50
Interest-earning deposits and other —
—
1
—
Total interest income 140
106
379
306
Interest Expense
Deposits 13
12
37
34
Short-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other 11
1
23
4
Long-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances 6
7
17
22
Other long-term debt 7
6
19
10
Total interest expense 37
26
96
70
Net interest income 103
80
283
236
Provision (benefit) for loan losses 2
7
4
(9 )
Net interest income after provision (benefit) for loan losses 101
73

279
245
Noninterest Income
Net gain on loan sales 75
94
189
259
Loan fees and charges 23
22
58
56
Deposit fees and charges 5
5
14
17
Loan administration income 5
4
16
14
Net return (loss) on mortgage servicing rights 6
(11 ) 26
(21 )
Representation and warranty benefit 4
6
11
12
Other noninterest income 12
36
32
52
Total noninterest income 130
156
346
389
Noninterest Expense
Compensation and benefits 76
69
219
203
Commissions 23
16
49
40
Occupancy and equipment 28
21
75
64
Loan processing expense 15
13
41
40
Legal and professional expense 7
5
22
20
Other noninterest expense 22
18
59
51
Total noninterest expense 171
142
465
418
Income before income taxes 60
87
160
216
Provision for income taxes 20
30
52
73
Net income $ 40
$ 57
$ 108
$ 143
Net income per share
Basic $ 0.71
$ 0.98
$ 1.90
$ 2.21
Diluted $ 0.70
$ 0.96
$ 1.86
$ 2.16
Weighted average shares outstanding
Basic 57,162,025
56,580,238
57,062,696
56,556,188
Diluted 58,186,593
57,933,806
58,133,296
57,727,262

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In millions, except per share data)


	Three Months Ended June 30,				Six Months Ended June 30,
	2021		2020		2021		2020
	(Unaudited)
Interest Income
Loans	$	186	$	180	$	382	$	361
Investment securities	12		21		23		40
Interest-earning deposits and other	0		0		0		1
Total interest income	198		201		405		402
Interest Expense
Deposits	8		21		18		53
Short-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other	1		2		2		14
Long-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances	3		3		6		6
Other long-term debt	3		7		8		13
Total interest expense	15		33		34		86
Net interest income	183		168		371		316
(Benefit) provision for credit losses	(44)		102		(72)		116
Net interest income after provision for credit losses	227		66		443		200
Noninterest Income
Net gain on loan sales	168		303		395		393
Loan fees and charges	37		38		79		61
Net return on mortgage servicing rights	(5)		(8)		(5)		(2)
Loan administration income	28		21		54		33
Deposit fees and charges	8		7		17		16
Other noninterest income	16		14		36		28
Total noninterest income	252		375		576		529
Noninterest Expense
Compensation and benefits	122		116		266		218
Occupancy and equipment	50		44		95		85
Commissions	51		61		112		90
Loan processing expense	22		22		43		39
Legal and professional expense	11		5		20		11
Federal insurance premiums	4		7		10		13
Intangible asset amortization	3		4		5		7
Other noninterest expense	26		34		85		63
Total noninterest expense	289		293		636		526
Income before income taxes	190		148		383		$	203
Provision for income taxes	43		32		87		42
Net income	$	147	$	116	$	296	$	161
Net income per share
Basic	$	2.78	$	2.04	$	5.61	$	2.85
Diluted	$	2.74	$	2.03	$	5.54	$	2.83
Cash dividends declared	$	0.06	$	0.05	$	0.12	$	0.10
Weighted average shares outstanding
Basic	52,763,868		56,790,642		52,719,959		56,723,254
Diluted	53,536,669		57,123,706		53,417,896		57,156,815

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(In millions)


	Three Months Ended June 30,				Six Months Ended June 30,
	2021		2020		2021		2020
	(Unaudited)
Net income	$	147	$	116	$	296	$	161
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
Investment securities	(2)		21		(17)		55
Derivatives and hedging activities	(7)		(6)		15		(10)
Other comprehensive income, net of tax	(9)		15		(2)		45
Comprehensive income	$	138	$	131	$	294	$	206

Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30,
2017 2016 2017 2016
(Unaudited)
Net income $ 40
$ 57
$ 108
$ 143
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
Investment securities 1
(4 ) 3
12
Derivatives and hedging activities —
3
(4 ) (34 )
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax 1
(1 ) (1 ) (22 )
Comprehensive income $ 41
$ 56
$ 107
$ 121

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

(In millions, except share data)



	Common Stock					Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income				Total Stockholders’ Equity
	Number of Shares	Amount		Additional Paid in Capital				Retained Earnings
Balance at December 31, 2020	52,656,067	$	1	$	1,346	$	47	$	807	$	2,201
(Unaudited)
Net income	—	—		—		—		149		149
Total other comprehensive income	—	—		—		7		—		7
Shares issued from the Employee Stock Purchase Plan	62,462	—		—		—		—		—
Stock-based compensation	33,957	—		4		—		—		4
Dividends declared and paid	114	—		—		—		(3)		(3)
Balance at March 31, 2021	52,752,600	$	1	$	1,350	$	54	$	953	$	2,358
(Unaudited)
Net income	—	—		—		—		147		147
Total other comprehensive income	—	—		—		(9)		—		(9)
Shares issued from the Employee Stock Purchase Plan	44,245	—		—		—		—		—
Stock-based compensation	65,298	—		6		—		—		6
Dividends declared and paid	121	—		—		—		(4)		(4)
Balance at June 30, 2021	52,862,264	$	1	$	1,356	$	45	$	1,096	$	2,498

Balance at December 31, 2019	56,631,236	$	1	$	1,483	$	1	$	303	$	1,788
(Unaudited)
Net income	—	—		—		—		46		46
Total other comprehensive income	—	—		—		30		—		30
Shares issued from the Employee Stock Purchase Plan	59,252	—		—		—		—		—
Stock-based compensation	39,081	—		4		—		—		4
Dividends declared and paid	220	—		—		—		(3)		(3)
CECL ASU Adjustment to RE	—	—		—		—		(23)		(23)
Balance at March 31, 2020	56,729,789	$	1	$	1,487	$	31	$	323	$	1,842
(Unaudited)
Net income	—	—		—		—		116		116
Total other comprehensive income	—	—		—		15		—		15
Shares issued from the Employee Stock Purchase Plan	46,591	—		—		—		—		—
Stock-based compensation	167,410	—		1		—		—		1
Dividends declared and paid	189	—		—		—		(3)		(3)
Repurchase of shares (1)	—	—		—		—		—		0
Balance at June 30, 2020	56,943,979	$	1	$	1,488	$	46	$	436	$	1,971

Preferred Stock Common Stock
Number of Shares Outstanding Amount of Preferred
Stock Number of Shares Outstanding Amount of Common
Stock Additional
Paid in
Capital
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Retained Earnings (Accumulated
Deficit)
Total
Stockholders’
Equity
Balance at December 31, 2015 266,657
$ 267
56,483,258
$ 1
$ 1,486
$ 2
$ (227 ) $ 1,529
(Unaudited)
Net income —
—
—
—
—
—
143
143
Total other comprehensive income (loss) —
—
—
—
—
(22 ) —
(22 )
Preferred stock redemption (266,657 ) (267 ) —
—
—
—
—
(267 )
Dividends on preferred stock —
—
—
—
—
—
(105 ) (105 )
Stock-based compensation —
—
114,013
—
8
—
—
8
Balance at September 30, 2016 —
$ —
56,597,271
$ 1
$ 1,494
$ (20 ) $ (189 ) $ 1,286
Balance at December 31, 2016 —
$ —
56,824,802
$ 1
$ 1,503
$ (7 ) $ (161 ) $ 1,336
(Unaudited)
Net income —
—
—
—
—
—
108
108
Total other comprehensive income (loss) —
—
—
—
—
(1 ) —
(1 )
Shares issued from Employee Stock Purchase Plan —
—
19,897
—
—
—
—
—
Warrant exercise —
—
154,313
—
4
—
—
4
Stock-based compensation —
—
182,524
—
4
—
—
4
Balance at September 30, 2017 —
$ —
57,181,536
$ 1
$ 1,511
$ (8 ) $ (53 ) $ 1,451

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In millions)
Nine Months Ended September 30,
2017 2016
(Unaudited)
Operating Activities
Net cash used in operating activities $ (19,239 ) $ (10,128 )
Investing Activities
Proceeds from sale of AFS securities including loans that have been securitized $ 17,949
$ 10,876
Collection of principal on investment securities AFS 158
116
Purchase of investment securities AFS and other (593 ) (203 )
Collection of principal on investment securities HTM 116
126
Purchase of investment securities HTM and other —
(15 )
Proceeds received from the sale of LHFI 78
228
Net Origination, purchase, and principal repayments of LHFI (1,231 ) (1,297 )
Purchase of bank owned life insurance (50 ) (85 )
Net purchase of FHLB stock (84 ) (2 )
Acquisition of premises and equipment, net of proceeds (74 ) (44 )
Proceeds from the sale of MSRs 252
35
Other, net 4
14
Net cash provided by investing activities $ 16,525
$ 9,749
Financing Activities
Net change in deposit accounts $ 361
$ 1,436
Net change in short term FHLB borrowings and other short term debt 2,285
(1,211 )
Proceeds from long term FHLB advances 150
395
Repayment of long term FHLB advances (50 ) —
Net receipt of payments of loans serviced for others 24
91
Preferred stock dividends —
(105 )
Redemption of preferred stock —
(267 )
Net receipt of escrow payments 19
6
Net cash provided by financing activities $ 2,789
$ 345
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 75
(34 )
Beginning cash and cash equivalents 158
208
Ending cash and cash equivalents $ 233
$ 174
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
Non-cash reclassification of loans originated LHFI to LHFS $ 106
$ 1,331
Non-cash reclassification of LHFS to AFS securities $ 17,657
$ 10,588
MSRs resulting from sale or securitization of loans $ 178
$ 173
Operating section supplemental disclosures
Cash proceeds from sales of LHFS $ 5,547
$ 14,097
Origination, premium paid and purchase of LHFS, net of principal repayments $ (24,518 ) $ (23,826 )

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In millions)


	Six Months Ended June 30,
	2021		2020
	(Unaudited)
Operating Activities
Net cash used in operating activities	$	(677)	$	(4,728)
Investing Activities
Proceeds from sale of AFS securities including loans that have been securitized	1,143		4,462
Collection of principal on investment securities AFS	428		214
Purchase of investment securities AFS and other	(283)		(359)
Collection of principal on investment securities HTM	107		102
Proceeds received from the sale of LHFI	73		39
Net closings, purchases, and principal repayments of LHFI	2,139		(2,727)
Acquisition of premises and equipment, net of proceeds	(14)		(30)
Net purchase of FHLB stock	0		(74)
Net proceeds from the sale of MSRs	88		40
Other, net	(6)		(1)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities	3,675		1,666
Financing Activities
Net change in deposit accounts	(1,312)		2,752
Net change in short-term FHLB borrowings and other short-term debt	(1,805)		(811)
Proceeds from increases in FHLB long-term advances and other debt	0		550

Repayment of long-term debt	(246)		(3)
Net receipt of payments of loans serviced for others	79		377

Dividends declared and paid	(7)		(6)
Other	14		12
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities	(3,277)		2,871
Net change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash (1)	(279)		(191)
Beginning cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash (1)	654		456
Ending cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash (1)	$	375	$	265
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
Non-cash reclassification of LHFI to LHFS	$	48	$	39
Non-cash reclassification of LHFS to securitized HFS loans	$	1,202	$	4,470
MSRs resulting from sale or securitization of loans	$	129	$	124
Beneficial interest in RMBS	$	58	$	0
Operating section supplemental disclosures
Proceeds from sales of LHFS	$	27,359	$	16,815
Closings, premium paid and purchase of LHFS, net of principal repayments	$	(27,761)	$	(21,060)

(1)For further information on restricted cash, see Note 8 - Derivatives.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

Note 1 - Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements of Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. ("Flagstar," or the "Company"), including its wholly owned principal subsidiary, Flagstar Bank, FSB (the "Bank"), have been prepared using ~~U.S.~~ GAAP for interim financial statements. Where we say "we," "us," "our," the "Company," "Bancorp" or "Flagstar," we usually mean Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. However, in some cases, a reference to "we," "us," "our," the "Company" or "Flagstar" will include the Bank.

These consolidated financial statements do not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP for a full year presentation and certain disclosures have been condensed or omitted in accordance with rules and regulations of the SEC. These interim financial statements are unaudited and include, in our opinion, all adjustments necessary for a fair statement of the results for the periods indicated, which are not necessarily indicative of results which may be expected for the full year. These consolidated financial statements and notes should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and footnotes thereto included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, ~~2016,~~2020, which is available on our website, at flagstar.com, and on the SEC website at sec.gov. ~~Certain prior period amounts~~

On April 26, 2021, it was announced that New York Community Bancorp, Inc. ("NYCB") and Flagstar had entered into a definitive merger agreement (the "Merger Agreement") under which the two companies will combine in an all stock merger. Under the terms of the Merger Agreement, Flagstar shareholders will receive 4.0151 shares of NYCB common stock for each Flagstar share they own. The new company will have ~~been reclassified~~over $87 billion in assets and operate nearly 400 traditional branches in 9 states and 87 loan production offices across a 28 state footprint. The transaction is expected to ~~conform~~close by the end of 2021, subject to ~~the current period presentation.~~customary closing conditions, including regulatory approvals and approval by each company's shareholders.

Note 2 - Investment Securities

The following table presents our investment securities:


	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses		Fair Value
	(Dollars in millions)
June 30, 2021
Available-for-sale securities
Agency - Commercial	$	779	$	23	$	0	$	802
Agency - Residential	814		19		0		833
Corporate debt obligations	70		4		0		74
Municipal obligations	24		0		0		24
Other MBS	89		0		0		89
Certificate of deposits	1		0		0		1
Total available-for-sale securities (1)	$	1,777	$	46	$	0	$	1,823
Held-to-maturity securities
Agency - Commercial	$	133	$	4	$	0	$	137
Agency - Residential	137		6		0		143
Total held-to-maturity securities (1)	$	270	$	10	$	0	$	280
December 31, 2020
Available-for-sale securities
Agency - Commercial	$	1,018	$	43	$	0	$	1,061
Agency - Residential	707		28		0		735
Corporate debt obligations	75		2		0		77
Municipal obligations	27		1		0		28
Other MBS	42		0		0		42
Certificate of deposits	1		0		0		1
Total available-for-sale securities (1)	$	1,870	$	74	$	0	$	1,944
Held-to-maturity securities
Agency - Commercial	$	193	$	7	$	0	$	200
Agency - Residential	184		9		0		193
Total held-to-maturity securities (1)	$	377	$	16	$	0	$	393

Amortized Cost
Gross Unrealized
Gains

Gross Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
(Dollars in millions)
September 30, 2017
Available-for-sale securities
Agency - Commercial $ 755
$ 1
$ (6 ) $ 750
Agency - Residential 818
2
(11 ) 809
Municipal obligations 44
—
—
44
Corporate debt obligations 33
1
—
34
Total available-for-sale securities (1)
$ 1,650
$ 4
$ (17 ) $ 1,637
Held-to-maturity securities
Agency - Commercial $ 542
$ 1
$ (5 ) $ 538
Agency - Residential 435
—
(2 ) 433
Total held-to-maturity securities (1)
$ 977
$ 1
$ (7 ) $ 971
December 31, 2016
Available-for-sale securities
Agency - Commercial $ 551
$ 2
$ (5 ) $ 548
Agency - Residential 913
1
(16 ) 898
Municipal obligations 34
—
—
34
Total available-for-sale securities (1)
$ 1,498
$ 3
$ (21 ) $ 1,480
Held-to-maturity securities
Agency - Commercial $ 595
$ —
$ (6 ) $ 589
Agency - Residential 498
1
(4 ) 495
Total held-to-maturity securities (1)
$ 1,093
$ 1
$ (10 ) $ 1,084
(1)There were 0 securities of a single issuer, which are not governmental or government-sponsored, that exceeded 10 percent of stockholders’ equity at June 30, 2021 or December 31, 2020.


~~(1)~~	~~There were~~ no ~~securities of a single issuer, which are not governmental or government-sponsored, that exceeded 10 percent of stockholders’ equity at September 30, 2017 or December 31, 2016.~~

We evaluate AFS ~~and HTM investment~~debt securities where the value has declined below amortized cost for ~~other than temporary impairment on a quarterly basis. An OTTI is considered to have occurred when the fair value of a debt security is below its amortized costs and~~impairment. If we ~~(1) have the intent~~intend to sell ~~the security, (2) will~~or believe it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the debt security, ~~before recovery of its amortized cost, or (3) do not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security. Investments that have an OTTI are~~it is written down to fair value through earnings. For AFS debt securities we intend to hold, we evaluate the debt securities for expected credit losses, except for debt securities that are guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury, U.S. government agencies or sovereign entities of high credit quality for which we apply a ~~charge~~zero loss assumption, comprised 91 percent of our AFS portfolio as of June 30, 2021. For the remaining AFS securities, credit losses are recognized as an increase to ~~earnings for~~ the ~~amount representing~~ACL through the credit loss provision. If any of the decline in fair value is related to market factors, that amount is recognized in OCI. We had 0 unrealized credit losses as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020.

We separately evaluate our HTM debt securities for any credit losses. As of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, our entire HTM portfolio qualified for the zero loss assumption as all securities are guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury, U.S. government agencies.

Investment securities transactions are recorded on the ~~security. Gains~~trade date for purchases and ~~losses related to all other factors~~sales. Interest earned on investment securities, including the amortization of premiums and the accretion of discounts, are

~~recognized~~ determined using the effective interest method over the period of maturity and recorded in interest income in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Accrued interest receivable on investment securities totaled $5 million at both June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, and was reported in other ~~comprehensive income (loss). During~~assets on the ~~three and nine months ended September 30, 2017 and September 30, 2016, we had no OTTI losses.~~Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

Available-for-sale securities

Securities ~~available-for-sale~~AFS are carried at fair ~~value, with unrealized~~value. Unrealized gains and losses ~~to the extent they are temporary in nature, and~~on AFS securities are reported as a component of other comprehensive income.

We purchased ~~$300~~$197 million and ~~$600~~$283 million of AFS securities, which ~~included~~were comprised of U.S. government sponsored agency MBS, CD, and corporate debt ~~obligations, and municipal~~ obligations during the three and ~~nine~~six months ended ~~September~~June 30, ~~2017, respectively. We purchased $136 million and $203~~2021. In addition, we retained $58 million of ~~AFS securities, which included U.S. government sponsored agencies comprised of~~passive interests in our own private MBS ~~and municipal obligations,~~ during the three and ~~nine~~six months ended ~~September~~June 30, ~~2016,~~2021. We retained 0 and $18 million of passive interests in our own private MBS during the three and six months ended June 30, 2020, respectively.

~~Gains on~~ There were 0 sales of AFS securities ~~are reported in other noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. We sold $227 million and $289 million of AFS securities~~ during both the three and ~~nine~~six months ended ~~September~~June 30, 2017, respectively, which did not include those AFS securities related to mortgage loans that had been securitized for sale in the normal course of business. These sales resulted in a realized gain of $2 million and $3 million during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017, respectively. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2016, there were $115 million and $290 million, respectively, in sales of AFS securities, which did not include2021 other than those related to mortgage loans that had been securitized for sale in the normal course of business. ~~These sales resulted in a realized gain of $3 million and $4 million during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2016, respectively.~~

Held-to-maturity securities

Investment securities HTM are carried at amortized cost and adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts using the interest method. Unrealized losses are not recorded to the extent they are temporary in nature.

There were no0 purchases of HTM securities during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2016, we purchased zero and $15 million of HTM securities, respectively. There were noor sales of HTM securities during both the three and ~~nine~~six months ended ~~September~~June 30, ~~2017~~2021 and ~~September~~June 30, ~~2016.~~2020.

The following table summarizes ~~by duration,~~ the unrealized loss positions on AFS and investment ~~securities:~~securities, by duration of the unrealized loss:


	Unrealized Loss Position with Duration 12 Months and Over					Unrealized Loss Position with Duration Under 12 Months
	Fair Value		Number of Securities	Unrealized Loss		Fair Value		Number of Securities	Unrealized Loss
	(Dollars in millions)
June 30, 2021
Available-for-sale securities
Agency - Commercial	$	6	2	$	0	$	12	4	$	0
Agency - Residential	0		0	0		1		2	0


Other mortgage-backed securities	0		1	0		6		2	0
Held-to-maturity securities
Agency - Residential	$	0	0	$	0	$	0	1	$	0
December 31, 2020
Available-for-sale securities
Agency - Commercial	$	3	1	$	0	$	7	2	$	0
Agency - Residential	0		0	0		0		1	0
Corporate debt obligations	0		0	0		10		3	0
Other mortgage-backed securities	0		0	0		0		1	0
Held-to-maturity securities
Agency - Residential	$	0	0	$	0	$	2	3	$	0

Unrealized losses on AFS securities have not been recognized into income because almost all of the portfolio held by us are issued by U.S. government entities and agencies. These securities are either explicitly or implicitly guaranteed by the U.S. government, are highly rated by major rating agencies, and have a long history of no credit losses. The remaining unrealized losses on AFS securities are private securitizations, all of which are considered de minimis. The fair value is expected to recover as the bonds approach maturity.

Unrealized Loss Position with
Duration 12 Months and Over

Unrealized Loss Position with
Duration Under 12 Months
Fair Value Number of Securities Unrealized Loss
Fair
Value

Number of
Securities

Unrealized
Loss
(Dollars in millions)
September 30, 2017
Available-for-sale securities
Agency - Commercial $ 34
3
$ (1 ) $ 582
40
$ (5 )
Agency - Residential 98
10
(3 ) 501
40
(8 )
Municipal obligations 1
1
—
21
8
—
Corporate debt obligations —
—
—
3
1
—
Held-to-maturity securities
Agency - Commercial $ 16
2
$ —
$ 395
26
$ (5 )
Agency - Residential 16
2
—
319
40
(2 )
December 31, 2016
Available-for-sale securities
Agency - Commercial $ 6
1
$ —
$ 345
29
$ (5 )
Agency - Residential —
—
—
748
55
(16 )
Municipal obligations —
—
—
17
8
—
Held-to-maturity securities
Agency - Commercial $ —
—
$ —
$ 528
34
$ (6 )
Agency - Residential —
—
—
385
43
(4 )

The following table ~~presents~~shows the amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities by contractual maturity:


	Investment Securities Available-for-Sale						Investment Securities Held-to-Maturity
	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Weighted Average Yield (1)		Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Weighted Average Yield (1)
	(Dollars in millions)
June 30, 2021
Due in one year or less	$	6	$	6	2.25	%	$	0	$	0	0	%
Due after one year through five years	10		11		3.81	%	10		10		2.53	%
Due after five years through 10 years	106		111		3.88	%	4		4		1.99	%
Due after 10 years	1,655		1,695		2.20	%	256		266		2.47	%
Total	$	1,777	$	1,823			$	270	$	280

Investment Securities Available-for-Sale Investment Securities Held-to-maturity

Amortized
Cost

Fair
Value

Weighted Average
Yield

Amortized
Cost

Fair
Value

Weighted Average
Yield
(Dollars in millions)
September 30, 2017
Due after one year through five years $ 17
$ 17
3.37 % $ —
$ —
— %
Due after five years through 10 years 44
45
4.83 % 61
61
2.50 %
Due after 10 years 1,589
1,575
2.34 % 916
910
2.43 %
Total $ 1,650
$ 1,637
$ 977
$ 971

(1) Weighted-average yields are based on amortized cost weighted for the contractual maturity of each security.

We pledge investment securities, primarily agency collateralized and municipal taxable mortgage obligations, to collateralize lines of credit and/or borrowings. At ~~September~~June 30, ~~2017,~~2021 and December 31, 2020, we had pledged investment securities of ~~$1.3 billion compared to $879~~$226 million ~~at December 31, 2016.~~and $202 million, respectively.

Note 3 - Loans Held-for-Sale

The majority of our mortgage loans ~~originated~~closed as LHFS are ultimately sold into the secondary market on a whole loan basis or by securitizing the loans into agency, ~~mortgage backed securities, through retail mortgage-backed securitizations~~government, or ~~on a whole loan basis. At September~~private label MBS. LHFS totaled $6.1 billion and $7.1 billion at June 30, ~~2017~~2021 and December 31, ~~2016, LHFS totaled $4.9 billion and $3.2 billion,~~2020, respectively. For the three and ~~nine~~six months ended ~~September~~June 30, ~~2017,~~2021 we had net gains on loan sales associated with LHFS of ~~$75~~$168 million and ~~$189~~$395 million ~~respectively. During~~as compared to $303 million and $392 million for the three and ~~nine~~six months ended ~~September~~June 30, 2016, excluding the gains from the sale of mortgage loans transferred from loans held-for-investment, we had $94 million and $244 million, respectively, of net gains on loan sales associated with LHFS.2020.

At ~~both September~~June 30, ~~2017~~2021 and December 31, ~~2016, $32~~2020, $280 million and $31 million, respectively, of LHFS were recorded at lower of cost or fair value. ~~The~~We elected the fair value option for the remainder of the loans in the ~~portfolio are recorded at fair value as we have elected the fair value option for such loans.~~portfolio.

Note 4 - Loans Held-for-Investment

We classify loans that we have the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity as LHFI. We report LHFI at their amortized cost, which includes the outstanding principal balance adjusted for any unamortized premiums, discounts, deferred fees and costs. The accrued interest receivable on LHFI totaled $39 million at June 30, 2021 and $43 million at December 31, 2020 and was reported in other assets on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

The following table presents our ~~loans held-for-investment:~~LHFI:


	June 30, 2021		December 31, 2020
	(Dollars in millions)
Consumer loans
Residential first mortgage	$	1,794	$	2,266
Home equity	717		856
Other	1,133		1,004
Total consumer loans	3,644		4,126
Commercial loans
Commercial real estate	3,169		3,061
Commercial and industrial	1,376		1,382
Warehouse lending	5,863		7,658
Total commercial loans	10,408		12,101
Total loans held-for-investment	$	14,052	$	16,227

September 30, 2017 December 31, 2016
(Dollars in millions)
Consumer loans
Residential first mortgage $ 2,665
$ 2,327
Home equity 496
443
Other 26
28
Total consumer loans 3,187
2,798
Commercial loans
Commercial real estate (1)
1,760
1,261
Commercial and industrial 1,097
769
Warehouse lending 1,159
1,237
Total commercial loans 4,016
3,267
Total loans held-for-investment $ 7,203
$ 6,065


~~(1)~~	~~Includes $270 million and $245 million of owner occupied commercial real estate loans at September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.~~

~~During~~ The following table presents the ~~nine months ended September 30, 2017, we sold performing and nonperforming consumer loans with~~ UPB of ~~$103 million, of which $25 million were nonperforming.~~ our loan sales and purchases in the LHFI portfolio:


	Six Months Ended June 30,
	2021		2020
	(Dollars in millions)
Loans Sold (1)
Performing loans	$	87	$	38
Total loans sold	$	87	$	38
Net gain associated with loan sales (2)	0		$	0
Loans Purchased

Other consumer	0		63
Total loans purchased	$	0	$	63
Premium associated with loans purchased	$	0	$	0

(1)Upon a change in our intent, the loans were transferred to LHFS and subsequently ~~sold resulting in a gain of $1 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2017, which is recorded~~sold.

(2)Recorded in net gain on loan sales on ~~the~~ Consolidated Statements of Operations.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2016, we sold performing and nonperforming consumer loans with UPB totaling $1.3 billion, of which $110 million were nonperforming. Upon a change in our intent, the loans were transferred to LHFS and subsequently sold resulting in a net gain on sale of $12 million, during the nine months ended September 30, 2016, which is recorded in net gain on loan sales on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, we purchased residential first mortgage loans with a UPB of $6 million and HELOC loans with a UPB of $100 million. A premium of $4 million was associated with these loan purchases. During the nine months ended September 30, 2016, we purchased jumbo residential first mortgage loans with a UPB of $150 million and a premium of $1 million.

We have pledged certain LHFI, LHFS, and ~~loans with government guarantees~~LGG to collateralize lines of credit and/or borrowings with the FRB of Chicago and the FHLB of ~~Indianapolis and the FRB of Chicago.~~Indianapolis. At ~~September~~June 30, ~~2017~~2021 and December 31, ~~2016,~~2020, we had pledged loans of ~~$7.7~~$10.9 billion and ~~$5.3~~$11.6 billion, respectively.

Allowance for ~~Loan~~Credit Losses on Loans

We determine the estimate of the ~~ALLL~~ACL on at least a quarterly basis. ~~Refer~~The ACL represents Management's estimate of expected lifetime losses in our LHFI portfolio, excluding loans carried under the fair value option. In addition, we record a reserve for expected lifetime losses on our unfunded commitments - see Reserve for Unfunded Commitments section below. Therefore, we record ALLL on relevant financial assets and a reserve for unfunded commitments on our Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, collectively referred to ~~Note 1 - Description~~as the ACL.

Expected credit losses are estimated over the contractual term of ~~Business, Basis~~the loans, adjusted for expected prepayments when appropriate. The contractual terms excludes expected extensions, renewals, and modifications unless the following applies: Management has a reasonable expectation at the reporting date that a TDR will be executed with an individual borrower or the extension or renewal options are included in the original or modified contract at the reporting date and are not unconditionally cancellable by us.

The ACL is impacted by changes in asset quality of ~~Presentation,~~the portfolio, including but not limited to increases in risk rating changes in our commercial portfolio, borrower delinquencies, changes in FICO scores or changes in LTVs in our consumer portfolio. In addition, while we have incorporated our forecasted impact of COVID-19 into our ACL, the ultimate impact of COVID-19 is still uncertain, including how long economic activity will be impacted by the pandemic and ~~Summary~~what effect the unprecedented levels of ~~Significant Accounting Policies~~government fiscal and monetary actions will have on the economy and our credit losses.

Specifically identified component. The specifically identified component of ACL related to performing TDR loans is generally measured as the difference between the recorded investment in the specific loan and the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected, discounted at the loan's original effective interest rate. Estimating the timing and amounts of future cash flow projections is highly judgmental and based upon assumptions including default rates, prepayment probability and loss severities. All of these estimates and assumptions require significant management judgment and certain assumptions are highly subjective.

Specifically identified collateral dependent NPL loans are generally measured as the difference between the recorded investment in the impaired loan and the underlying collateral value less estimated costs to sell. These estimates are dependent on third-party property valuations which may be influenced by factors such as the current and future level of home prices, the duration of current overall economic conditions, and other macroeconomic and portfolio-specific factors.

Model-based component. A general allowance is established for lifetime losses inherent on non-impaired loans by segmenting the portfolio based upon common risk characteristics. Our consumer loan portfolio is segmented into Residential First Mortgage, Home Equity and Other Consumer. Loan characteristics impacting these segments include lien position, credit quality, and loan structure. At a high-level, our commercial loans are segmented into Commercial Real Estate, Commercial and Industrial, and Warehouse Lending. Loan characteristics impacting these segments include credit quality and loan structure.

We measure the allowance using the applicable dual risk rating model which measures probability of default, loss given default and exposure at default. As of June 30, 2021, we utilized the Moody’s June scenarios in our forecast: a growth forecast, weighted at 30 percent; a baseline forecast, weighted at 40 percent; and an adverse forecast, weighted at 30 percent. The resulting composite forecast for the second quarter of 2021 was improved as compared to the ~~consolidated financial statements~~scenario used in the ~~Annual Report on Form 10-K~~first quarter 2021. Unemployment ends 2021 at 6 percent and will continue to recover in 2022. GDP recovers throughout 2021 from current levels and does not return to pre-COVID level until 2024. HPI stays flat throughout 2021.

Qualitative adjustments. The specifically identified component analysis and the output of the model provide a reasonable starting point for our analysis, but do not, by themselves, form a sufficient basis to determine the appropriate level for the ~~year ended December 31, 2016 for a description~~ACL. We therefore consider the qualitative factors that are likely to cause the ACL associated with our existing portfolio to differ from the output of the ~~methodology.~~model. The ~~ALLL, other than for loans~~most significant qualitative factors considered include changes in economic and business conditions, changes in nature and volume of portfolio and changes in the volume and severity of past due loans. The application of different inputs into the model calculation and the assumptions used by Management to adjust the model calculation are subject to significant management judgment and may result in actual credit losses that have been identified for individual evaluation for impairment, is determined on a loan pool basis by grouping loan types with common risk characteristics to determine our best estimate of incurred losses.differ from the originally estimated amounts.

The following table presents changes in the ALLL, by class of loan:


	Residential First Mortgage (1)		Home Equity		Other Consumer		Commercial Real Estate		Commercial and Industrial		Warehouse Lending		Total
	(Dollars in millions)
Three Months Ended June 30, 2021
Beginning balance	$	45	$	20	$	33	$	84	$	55	$	4	$	241
(Benefit) provision	4		(4)		6		(26)		(17)		(1)		(38)
Charge-offs	(1)		0		(1)		0		0		0		(2)
Recoveries	0		1		0		0		0		0		1
Ending allowance balance	$	48	$	17	$	38	$	58	$	38	$	3	$	202
Three Months Ended June 30, 2020
Beginning balance	$	46	$	23	$	16	$	28	$	18	$	1	$	132
Provision	16		5		19		55		5		0		100
Charge-offs	(2)		(1)		(2)		0		0		0		(5)
Recoveries	0		1		1		0		0		0		2
Ending allowance balance	$	60	$	28	$	34	$	83	$	23	$	1	$	229

Six Months Ended June 30, 2021
Beginning balance	$	49	$	25	$	39	$	84	$	51	$	4	$	252
(Benefit) provision	1		(7)		(1)		(26)		(28)		(1)		$	(62)
Charge-offs	(3)		(1)		(2)		0		(1)		0		$	(7)
Recoveries	1		0		2		0		16		0		$	19
Ending allowance balance	$	48	$	17	$	38	$	58	$	38	$	3	$	202
Six Months Ended June 30, 2020
Beginning balance, prior to adoption of ASC 326	$	22	$	14	$	6	$	38	$	22	$	5	$	107
Impact of adopting ASC 326	25		12		10		(14)		(6)		(4)		$	23
Provision	16		2		20		59		7		0		$	104
Charge-offs	(3)		(2)		(3)		0		0		0		$	(8)
Recoveries	0		2		1		0		0		0		$	3
Ending allowance balance	$	60	$	28	$	34	$	83	$	23	$	1	$	229

Residential
First
Mortgage (1)
Home Equity
Other
Consumer

Commercial
Real Estate

Commercial
and Industrial

Warehouse
Lending
Total
(Dollars in millions)
Three Months Ended September 30, 2017
Beginning balance ALLL $ 56
$ 19
$ 1
$ 37
$ 21
$ 6
$ 140
Charge-offs (2) (1 ) (2 ) —
—
—
—
(3 )
Recoveries —
1
—
—
—
—
1
Provision (benefit) (3 ) 2
—
5
(2 ) —
2
Ending balance ALLL $ 52
$ 20
$ 1
$ 42
$ 19
$ 6
$ 140
Three Months Ended September 30, 2016
Beginning balance ALLL $ 81
$ 30
$ 1
$ 19
$ 11
$ 8
$ 150
Charge-offs (2) (7 ) (1 ) (1 ) —
—
—
(9 )
Recoveries —
1
1
—
—
—
2
Provision (benefit)(3) (4 ) (5 ) —
6
3
—
—
Ending balance ALLL $ 70
$ 25
$ 1
$ 25
$ 14
$ 8

$ 143

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017
Beginning balance ALLL $ 65
$ 24
$ 1
$ 28
$ 17
$ 7
$ 142
Charge-offs (2) (6 ) (3 ) (1 ) —
—
—
(10 )
Recoveries 1
2
1
—
—
—
4
Provision (benefit) (8 ) (3 ) —
14
2
(1 ) 4
Ending balance ALLL $ 52
$ 20
$ 1
$ 42
$ 19
$ 6
$ 140
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2016
Beginning balance ALLL $ 116
$ 32
$ 2
$ 18
$ 13
$ 6
$ 187
Charge-offs (2) (26 ) (4 ) (3 ) —
—
—
(33 )
Recoveries 1
2
2
—
—
—
5
Provision (benefit)(3) (21 ) (5 ) —
7
1
2
(16 )
Ending balance ALLL $ 70
$ 25
$ 1
$ 25
$ 14
$ 8
$ 143


~~(1)~~	~~Includes allowance and charge-offs related to loans with government guarantees.~~

~~(2)~~

~~Includes charge-offs of zero related to the transfer and subsequent sale of loans during the~~ ~~three~~ ~~months ended September 30, 2017 and September 30, 2016, respectively, and $1 million and $8 million during the~~ ~~nine~~ ~~months ended September 30, 2017 and September 30, 2016, respectively. Also includes charge-offs related to loans with government guarantees of $1 million and $6 million during the~~ ~~three~~ ~~months ended September 30, 2017 and September 30, 2016, respectively, and $3 million and $13 million during the~~ ~~nine~~ ~~months ended September 30, 2017 and September 30, 2016, respectively.~~


~~(3)~~	~~Does not include $7 million provision for loan losses recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations to reserve for repossessed loans with government guarantees during the~~ ~~three and nine~~ ~~months ended September 30, 2016.~~

(1)Includes LGG.

The ~~following table sets forth~~ALLL was $202 million at June 30, 2021 and $229 million at June 30, 2020. The decrease in the ~~method~~allowance is primarily reflective of ~~evaluation, by class~~changes in our economic forecast and judgment we applied related to those forecasts and underlying borrower credit as a result of ~~loan:~~

Residential
First
Mortgage (1)
Home Equity
Other
Consumer

Commercial
Real Estate

Commercial
and Industrial

Warehouse
Lending
Total
(Dollars in millions)
September 30, 2017
Loans held-for-investment (2)
Individually evaluated $ 35
$ 29
$ —
$ 1
$ —
$ —
$ 65
Collectively evaluated 2,621
463
26
1,759
1,097
1,159
7,125
Total loans $ 2,656
$ 492
$ 26

$ 1,760

$ 1,097

$ 1,159

$ 7,190
Allowance for loan losses (2)
Individually evaluated $ 6
$ 9
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ 15
Collectively evaluated 46
11
1
42
19
6
125
Total allowance for loan losses $ 52
$ 20
$ 1

$ 42

$ 19

$ 6

$ 140

December 31, 2016
Loans held-for-investment (2)
Individually evaluated $ 46
$ 29
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ 75
Collectively evaluated 2,274
349
28
1,261
769
1,237
5,918
Total loans $ 2,320
$ 378
$ 28
$ 1,261
$ 769
$ 1,237
$ 5,993
Allowance for loan losses (2)
Individually evaluated $ 5
$ 8
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ 13
Collectively evaluated 60
16
1
28
17
7
129
Total allowance for loan losses $ 65
$ 24
$ 1
$ 28
$ 17
$ 7
$ 142


~~(1)~~	~~Includes allowance related to loans with government guarantees.~~


~~(2)~~	~~Excludes loans carried under the fair value option.~~

the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic.

Loans are considered to be past due when any payment of principal or interest is 30 days past the scheduled payment date. While it is the goal of ~~management~~Management to collect on loans, we attempt to work out a satisfactory repayment schedule or modification with past due borrowers and will undertake foreclosure proceedings if the delinquency is not satisfactorily resolved. Our practices regarding past due loans are designed to both assist borrowers in meeting their contractual obligations and minimize losses incurred by the Bank.

Beginning in March 2020, as a response to COVID-19, customers facing COVID-19 related difficulties were offered forbearance in an effort to help our borrowers get to the other side of the health crisis. As these loans reach the end of their forbearance period, we have been working with each customer to modify or refinance the outstanding loan to fit their new circumstances. Refer to payment deferral information in the Credit Risk Section of the MD&A for additional details.

We cease the accrual of interest on all classes of consumer and commercial loans upon the earlier of, becoming 90 days past due, or when doubt exists as to the ultimate collection of principal or interest (classified as nonaccrual or ~~nonperforming loans)~~NPLs). When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, the accrued interest income is reversed and the loan may only return to accrual status when principal and interest become current and are anticipated to be fully collectible. We do not consider accrued interest receivable in our measurement of the ACL as accrued interest is written-off in a timely manner when the loan is placed on nonaccrual. We are not aging receivables for customers who have been granted a payment deferral in response to COVID-19 which remain in the aging category they were in at the time of payment deferral. We continue to accrue interest on these loans, consistent with our forbearance programs.

The following table sets forth the LHFI aging analysis of past due and current loans:


	30-59 Days Past Due		60-89 Days Past Due		90 Days or Greater Past Due (1)		Total Past Due		Current		Total LHFI (3) (4) (5)
	(Dollars in millions)
June 30, 2021
Consumer loans
Residential first mortgage	$	4	$	2	$	45	$	51	$	1,743	$	1,794
Home equity	2		1		8		11		706		717
Other	2		1		2		5		1,128		1,133
Total consumer loans	8		4		55		67		3,577		3,644
Commercial loans
Commercial real estate	0		0		2		2		3,167		3,169
Commercial and industrial	0		0		18		18		1,358		1,376
Warehouse lending	0		0		0		0		5,863		5,863
Total commercial loans	0		0		20		20		10,388		10,408
Total loans (2)	$	8	$	4	$	75	$	87	$	13,965	$	14,052
December 31, 2020
Consumer loans
Residential first mortgage	$	4	$	4	$	31	$	39	$	2,227	$	2,266
Home equity	1		1		5		7		849		856
Other	4		1		2		7		997		1,004
Total consumer loans	9		6		38		53		4,073		4,126
Commercial loans
Commercial real estate	20		0		3		23		3,038		3,061
Commercial and industrial	1		0		15		16		1,366		1,382
Warehouse lending	0		0		0		0		7,658		7,658
Total commercial loans	21		0		18		39		12,062		12,101
Total loans (2)	$	30	$	6	$	56	$	92	$	16,135	$	16,227

(1)Includes less than 90 day past due performing loans which are deemed nonaccrual. Interest is not being accrued on these loans.

(2)Includes $9 million and $8 million of past due loans accounted for under the fair value option as of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.

(3)Collateral dependent loans totaled $89 million and $80 million at June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. The majority of these loans are secured by real estate.

(4)The interest income recognized on impaired loans was less than a million and $2 million for the three months ended June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.

(5)The delinquency status for loans in forbearance is frozen for loans at inception of the forbearance period and will resume when the borrower's forbearance period ends.

Interest income is recognized on nonaccrual loans using a cash basis method. Interest that would have been accrued ~~on impaired loans totaled zero and $1 million during~~for the three ~~and nine~~ months ended ~~September~~June 30, ~~2017, respectively, and~~2021 was $1 ~~million and $2 million during the three and nine months ended September~~million. At June 30, ~~2016, respectively. At September 30, 2017~~2021 and December 31, ~~2016,~~2020, we had no0 loans 90 days or greater past due and still accruing interest.

Reserve for Unfunded Commitments

We estimated expected credit losses over the contractual period in which we are exposed to credit risk via a contractual obligation to extend credit, unless that obligation is unconditionally cancellable by us. The reserve for unfunded commitments is adjusted as a provision for credit loss expense. The estimate includes consideration of the likelihood that funding will occur and an estimate of expected credit losses on commitments expected to be funded over its estimated life.

The reserve for unfunded commitments is reflected in other liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition and was $18 million as of June 30, 2021, compared to $21 million as of June 30, 2020. The decrease in the reserve is due to improvements in the economic forecasts as a result of the continued vaccine rollout and the lifting of most COVID-19 restrictions.

The following ~~table sets forth the LHFI aging analysis~~categories of ~~past due~~off-balance sheet credit exposures have been identified: unfunded loans with available balances, new commitments to lend that are not yet funded, and ~~current loans:~~standby and commercial letters of credit. For further information, see Note 15 - Legal Proceedings, Contingencies and Commitments.

30-59 Days
Past Due

60-89 Days
Past Due

90 Days or
Greater Past
Due (1)

Total
Past Due
Current Total LHFI
(Dollars in millions)
September 30, 2017
Consumer loans
Residential first mortgage $ 3
$ 1
$ 24
$ 28
$ 2,637
$ 2,665
Home equity 1
—
6
7
489
496
Other —
—
—
—
26
26
Total consumer loans 4
1
30
35
3,152
3,187
Commercial loans
Commercial real estate —
—
1
1
1,759
1,760
Commercial and industrial —
—
—
—
1,097
1,097
Warehouse lending —
—
—
—
1,159
1,159
Total commercial loans —
—
1
1
4,015
4,016
Total loans (2)
$ 4
$ 1
$ 31
$ 36
$ 7,167
$ 7,203
December 31, 2016
Consumer loans
Residential first mortgage $ 6
$ —
$ 29
$ 35
$ 2,292
$ 2,327
Home equity 1
2
11
14
429
443
Other 1
—
—
1
27
28
Total consumer loans 8
2
40
50
2,748
2,798
Commercial loans
Commercial real estate —
—
—
—
1,261
1,261
Commercial and industrial —
—
—
—
769
769
Warehouse lending —
—
—
—
1,237
1,237
Total commercial loans —
—
—
—
3,267
3,267
Total loans (2)
$ 8
$ 2
$ 40
$ 50
$ 6,015
$ 6,065


~~(1)~~	~~Includes less than 90 day past due performing loans which are deemed nonaccrual. Interest is not being accrued on these loans.~~


~~(2)~~	~~Includes $4 million and $13 million of loans 90 days or greater past due, accounted for under the fair value option at September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.~~

Troubled Debt Restructurings

We may modify certain loans in both our consumer and commercial loan portfolios to retain customers or to maximize collection of the outstanding loan balance. ~~We have programs designed to assist borrowers by extending payment dates or reducing the borrower's contractual payments. All loan modifications~~TDRs are made on a case-by-case basis. Our standards relating to loan modifications consider, among other factors, minimum verified income requirements, cash flow analysis, and collateral valuations. TDRs result in those instancesmodified loans in which a borrower demonstrates financial ~~difficulty~~difficulties and for which a concession has been granted which includes reductions of interest rate, extensions of amortization period, principal and/or interest forgiveness and other actions intended to minimize the economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral. These loansas a result. Nonperforming TDRs are ~~classified as~~included in nonaccrual loans. TDRs remain in nonperforming ~~TDRs if the loan was nonperforming prior to the restructuring, or based upon the results of a contemporaneous credit evaluation. Such loans will continue on nonaccrual~~ status until ~~the~~a borrower has ~~established a willingness~~made payments and ~~ability to make the restructured payments~~is current for at least six ~~months, after which they~~consecutive months. Performing TDRs are not considered to be nonaccrual so long as we believe that all contractual principal and interest due under the restructured terms will be ~~classified as performing TDRs and begin to accrue interest.~~collected. Performing and nonperforming TDRs remain impaired as interest and principal will not be received in accordance with the original contractual terms of the loan agreement. Refer to Note 1- Description of Business, Basis of Presentation, and Summary of Significant Accounting Standards to the consolidated financial statements in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020 for a description of the methodology used to determine TDRs.

Some loan modifications classified as TDRs may not ultimately result in the full collection of principal and interest, as modified, but may give rise to potential incremental losses. We measure impairments using a discounted cash flow method for performing TDRs and measure impairment based on collateral values for nonperforming TDRs.

Beginning in March 2020, as a response to COVID-19, we offered our consumer and commercial customers principal and interest payment deferrals and extensions. We considered these programs in the context of whether or not the short-term modifications of these loans would constitute a TDR. We considered the CARES Act, interagency guidance and related guidance from the FASB, which provided that short-term modifications made on a good faith basis in response to COVID-19 to borrowers who were current prior to any relief are not required to be accounted for as TDRs. As a result, we have determined that loan forbearance, modifications, deferrals and extensions made under these COVID-19 programs are not TDRs.

The following table provides a summary of TDRs by type and performing status:


	TDRs
	Performing		Nonperforming		Total
	(Dollars in millions)
June 30, 2021
Consumer loans
Residential first mortgage	$	21	$	9	$	30
Home equity	10		2		12
Total consumer TDR loans	31		11		42
Commercial loans
Commercial real estate	0		0		0
Commercial and industrial	$	0	$	2	2
Total TDRs (1)(2)	$	31	$	13	$	44
December 31, 2020
Consumer loans
Residential first mortgage	$	19	$	8	$	27
Home equity	12		2		14
Total consumer TDR loans	31		10		41
Commercial loans
Commercial real estate	5		0		5
Total TDRs (1)(2)	$	36	$	10	$	46

TDRs
Performing Nonperforming Total
(Dollars in millions)
September 30, 2017
Consumer loans (1)

Residential first mortgage $ 20
$ 11
$ 31
Home equity 26
4
30
Total TDRs (2)
$ 46
$ 15
$ 61
December 31, 2016
Consumer loans (1)

Residential first mortgage $ 22
$ 11
$ 33
Home equity 45
7
52
Total TDRs (2)
$ 67
$ 18
$ 85
(1)ALLL on TDR loans totaled $5 million at June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020.


~~(1)~~	~~The ALLL on consumer TDR loans totaled $12 million and $9 million at September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.~~


~~(2)~~	~~Includes $3 million and $25 million of TDR loans accounted for under the fair value option at September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.~~

(2)Includes $2 million and $3 million of TDR loans accounted for under the fair value option at June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020.

The following table provides a summary of newly modified TDRs:

New TDRs
Number of Accounts Pre-Modification Unpaid Principal Balance Post-Modification Unpaid Principal Balance (1) Increase in Allowance at Modification
(Dollars in millions)
Three Months Ended September 30, 2017
Residential first mortgages 9
$ 3
$ 3
$ —
Home equity (2)
37
2
2
1
Other consumer —
—
—
—
Total TDR loans 46
$ 5

$ 5
$ 1

Three Months Ended September 30, 2016
Residential first mortgages 1
$ —
$ —
$ —
Home equity (2)(3)
17
1
1
—
Total TDR loans 18
$ 1
$ 1
$ —

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017

Residential first mortgages 17
$ 4
$ 4
$ —
Home equity (2)
71
5
5
2
Other consumer 1
—
—
—
Total TDR loans 89
$ 9
$ 9
$ 2

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2016

Residential first mortgages 17
$ 3
$ 4
$ —
Home equity (2)(3)
128
8
7
—
Commercial and industrial 1
2
1
—
Total TDR loans 146
$ 13
$ 12
$ —


	New TDRs
	Number of Accounts	Pre-Modification Unpaid Principal Balance		Post-Modification Unpaid Principal Balance (1)
	(Dollars in millions)
Three Months Ended June 30, 2021
Residential first mortgages	5	$	3	$	3
Home equity(2)(3)	1	$	0	$	0
Commercial Real Estate	1	$	2	$	2
Total TDR loans	7	$	5	$	5
Three Months Ended June 30, 2020
Commercial Real Estate	1	$	5	$	5


Total TDR loans	1	$	5	$	5

Six Months Ended June 30, 2021
Residential first mortgages	11	$	7	$	7
Home equity(2)(3)	1	$	0	$	0
Consumer	0	$	0	$	0
Commercial Real Estate	1	$	2	$	2
Total TDR loans	13	$	9	$	9
Six Months Ended June 30, 2020
Residential first mortgages	5	$	1	$	1
Home equity(2)(3)	2	$	0	$	0
Consumer	1	$	0	$	0
Commercial Real Estate	1	$	5	$	5
Total TDR loans	9	$	6	$	6

(1)Post-modification balances include past due amounts that are capitalized at modification date.


~~(1)~~	~~Post-modification balances include past due amounts that are capitalized at modification date.~~


~~(2)~~	~~Home equity post-modification unpaid principal balance reflects write downs.~~


~~(3)~~	~~Includes loans carried at the fair value option.~~

(2)Home equity post-modification UPB reflects write downs.

(3)Includes loans carried at the fair value option.

There ~~was one residential first mortgage loan with a UPB of less than $1 million that was~~were 0 loans modified in the previous 12 months ~~which has subsequently defaulted during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017 as compared to three home equity loans with a UPB of less than $1 million for each class which~~that subsequently defaulted during the three months ended ~~September~~June 30, ~~2016 and one residential first mortgage loan and seven home equity loans with a UPB of less than $1~~

million for each class which subsequently defaulted during the nine months ended September 30, 2016. There was no increase or decrease in the allowance associated with these TDRs at subsequent default.2021. All TDR classes within the consumer and commercial loan portfolios are considered subsequently defaulted when they are greater than 90 days past ~~due. Subsequent default is defined as a payment re-defaulted~~due within 12 months of the restructuring date.

~~Impaired Loans~~

~~The following table presents individually evaluated impaired loans and the associated allowance:~~

September 30, 2017 December 31, 2016

Recorded
Investment

Net Unpaid
Principal
Balance

Related
Allowance

Recorded
Investment

Net Unpaid
Principal
Balance

Related
Allowance
(Dollars in millions)
With no related allowance recorded
Consumer loans
Residential first mortgage $ 15
$ 15
$ —
$ 6
$ 6
$ —
Total consumer loans with no related allowance recorded $ 15
$ 15
$ —
$ 6
$ 6
$ —
With an allowance recorded
Consumer loans
Residential first mortgage $ 20
$ 20
$ 6
$ 40
$ 40
$ 5
Home equity 28
29
9
29
29
8
Commercial loans
Commercial real estate 1
1
—
—
—
—
Total consumer loans with an allowance recorded $ 49
$ 50
$ 15
$ 69
$ 69
$ 13

Total Impaired loans
Residential first mortgage $ 35
$ 35
$ 6
$ 46
$ 46
$ 5
Home equity 28
29
9
29
29
8
Commercial real estate 1
1
—
—
—
—
Total impaired loans $ 64
$ 65
$ 15
$ 75
$ 75
$ 13

~~The following table presents average impaired loans and the interest income recognized:~~

Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30,
2017 2016 2017 2016
Average Recorded Investment Interest Income Recognized Average Recorded Investment Interest Income Recognized Average Recorded Investment Interest Income Recognized Average Recorded Investment Interest Income Recognized
(Dollars in millions)
Consumer loans
Residential first mortgage $ 37
$ 1
$ 43
$ —
$ 39
$ 1
$ 55
$ 1
Home equity 28
—
30
—
28
1
31
1
Commercial loans
Commercial real estate 1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Commercial and industrial —
—
1
—
—
—
2
—
Total impaired loans $ 66
$ 1
$ 74
$ —
$ 67
$ 2
$ 88
$ 2

Credit Quality

We utilize ana combination of internal and external risk rating ~~system~~systems which isare applied to all consumer and commercial ~~loans.~~loans which are used as loan-level inputs to our ACL models. Descriptions of our ~~internal~~ risk ratings as they relate to credit quality follow the ratings used by the U.S. bank regulatory agencies as listed below.

Pass. Pass assets are not impaired nor do they have any known deficiencies that could impact the quality of the asset.

Watch. Watch assets are defined as ~~pass rated~~pass-rated assets that exhibit elevated risk characteristics or other factors that deserve ~~management’s~~Management’s close attention and increased monitoring. However, the asset does not exhibit a potential or well-defined weakness that would warrant a downgrade to criticized or adverse classification.

Special mention. Assets identified as special mention possess credit deficiencies or potential weaknesses deserving ~~management's~~Management's close attention. Special mention assets have a potential weakness or pose an unwarranted financial risk that, if not corrected, could weaken the assets and increase risk in the future. Special mention assets are criticized, but do not expose an institution to sufficient risk to warrant adverse classification.

Substandard. Assets identified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Assets so classified must have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the full collection or liquidation of the debt. ~~They~~Substandard assets are characterized by the distinct possibility that we will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. For ~~home equity loans~~HELOANs and other consumer loans, we evaluate credit quality based on the aging and status of payment activity and any other known credit characteristics that call into question full repayment of the asset. ~~Nonperforming~~Substandard loans ~~are classified as~~may be placed on either ~~substandard, doubtful~~accrual or ~~loss.~~nonaccrual status.

Doubtful. An asset classified as doubtful has all the weaknesses inherent in one classified substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable. A doubtful asset has a high probability of total or substantial loss, but because of specific pending events that may strengthen the asset, its classification as loss is deferred. Doubtful borrowers are usually in default, lack adequate liquidity or capital, and lack the resources necessary to remain an operating entity. Pending events can include mergers, acquisitions, liquidations, capital injections, the perfection of liens on additional collateral, the valuation of collateral and refinancing. Generally, pending events should be resolved within a relatively short period and the ratings will be adjusted based on the new information. ~~Because of~~Due to the high probability of loss, ~~non-accrual accounting treatment is required for~~ doubtful ~~assets.~~assets are placed on nonaccrual.

Loss.An asset classified as loss is considered uncollectible and of such little value that the continuance as a bankable asset is not warranted. This classification does not mean that an asset has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, ~~but,~~ rather that it is not practical or desirable to defer writing off ~~this basically worthless~~the asset even though partial recovery may be affected in the future.

Consumer Loans

Consumer loans consist of open and closed-end loans extended to individuals for household, family, and other personal expenditures. Consumer loans includes other consumer product loans and loans to individuals secured by their personal residence, including first mortgage, home equity, and home improvement loans. Because consumer loans are usually relatively small-balance, homogeneous exposures, consumer loans are rated based primarily on payment performance. Payment performance is a proxy for the strength of repayment capacity and loans are generally classified based on their payment status rather than by an individual review of each loan.

In accordance with regulatory guidance, we assign risk ratings to consumer loans in the following manner:

•Consumer loans are classified as Watch once the loan becomes 60 days past due.

•Open and closed-end consumer loans 90 days or more past due are classified as Substandard.

Payment activity, credit rating and LTVs have the most significant impact on the ACL for consumer loans. The following table presents the amortized cost in residential and consumer loans based on payment activity:



													Revolving Loans Amortized Cost Basis		Revolving Loans Converted to Term Loans Amortized Cost Basis		Total		December 31, 2020
	Term Loans
	Amortized Cost Basis by Closing Year
June 30, 2021	2021		2020		2019		2018		2017		Prior
Consumer Loans	(Dollars in millions)
Residential First Mortgage
Pass	$	202	$	256	$	358	$	150	$	177	$	497	$	88	$	7	$	1,735	$	2,205
Watch	0		0		1		0		1		2		1		0		5		21
Substandard	0		0		6		6		2		23		0		1		38		25
Home Equity
Pass	3		5		21		8		5		18		613		36		709		838
Watch	0		0		0		0		0		0		1		0		1		13
Substandard	0		0		0		0		0		2		2		2		6		3
Other Consumer
Pass	227		262		270		121		2		5		239		4		1,130		1,000
Watch	0		0		0		0		0		0		0		0		0		1
Substandard	0		1		1		1		0		0		0		0		3		3
Total Consumer Loans (1)(2)	$	432	$	524	$	657	$	286	$	187	$	547	$	944	$	50	$	3,627	$	4,109

(1)Excludes loans carried under the fair value option.

(2)The delinquency status for loans in forbearance are frozen for loans at inception of the forbearance period and will resume when the borrower's forbearance period ends.



													Revolving Loans Amortized Cost Basis		Revolving Loans Converted to Term Loans Amortized Cost Basis		Total		December 31, 2019
	Term Loans
	Amortized Cost Basis by Closing Year
As of December 31, 2020	2020		2019		2018		2017		2016		Prior
Consumer Loans	(Dollars in millions)
Residential First Mortgage
Pass	$	362	$	544	$	231	$	289	$	252	$	420	$	92	$	15	$	2,205	$	3,107
Watch	0		1		1		1		0		17		1		0		21		23
Substandard	0		3		5		2		0		15		0		0		25		15
Home Equity
Pass	7		31		13		6		2		11		720		48		838		1,002
Watch	0		0		0		0		0		11		2		0		13		16
Substandard	0		0		0		0		0		1		1		1		3		3
Other Consumer
Pass	292		321		145		3		1		6		227		5		1,000		727
Watch	0		0		0		0		0		0		0		1		1		1
Substandard	1		1		1		0		0		0		0		0		3		1
Total Consumer Loans (1)(2)	$	662	$	901	$	396	$	301	$	255	$	481	$	1,043	$	70	$	4,109	$	4,895

(1)Excludes loans carried under the fair value option.

(2)The delinquency status for loans in forbearance are frozen for loans at inception of the forbearance period and will resume when the borrower's forbearance period ends.

The following table presents the amortized cost in residential and consumer loans based on credit scores:


															Revolving Loans Converted to Term Loans Amortized Cost Basis
	FICO Band												Revolving Loans Amortized Cost Basis				Total
	Amortized Cost Basis by Closing Year
June 30, 2021	2021		2020		2019		2018		2017		Prior
Consumer Loans	(Dollars in millions)
Residential First Mortgage
>750	$	90	$	136	$	161	$	67	$	113	$	289	$	55	$	1	$	912
700-750	64		70		118		62		56		149		24		4		547
<700	48		50		86		27		11		84		10		3		319
Home Equity
>750	3		2		6		3		2		5		286		6		313
700-750	0		2		8		3		2		8		244		17		284
<700	0		1		7		2		1		7		86		15		119
Other Consumer
>750	156		188		170		66		1		3		227		3		814
700-750	70		71		92		47		1		1		7		0		289
<700	1		4		9		9		0		1		5		1		30
Total Consumer Loans (1)	$	432	$	524	$	657	$	286	$	187	$	547	$	944	$	50	$	3,627

(1)Excludes loans carried under the fair value option.


															Revolving Loans Converted to Term Loans Amortized Cost Basis
	FICO Band												Revolving Loans Amortized Cost Basis				Total
	Amortized Cost Basis by Closing Year
As of December 31, 2020	2020		2019		2018		2017		2016		Prior
Consumer Loans	(Dollars in millions)
Residential First Mortgage
>750	$	195	$	272	$	118	$	193	$	181	$	231	$	55	$	6	$	1,251
700-750	119		180		90		85		64		130		25		7		700
<700	48		96		29		14		7		91		13		2		300
Home Equity
>750	2		9		6		2		1		7		324		13		364
700-750	3		12		4		3		1		8		289		20		340
<700	2		10		3		1		0		8		110		16		150
Other Consumer
>750	209		205		80		2		1		5		213		6		721
700-750	79		107		55		1		0		1		9		0		252
<700	5		10		11		0		0		0		5		0		31
Total Consumer Loans (1)	$	662	$	901	$	396	$	301	$	255	$	481	$	1,043	$	70	$	4,109

(1) Excludes loans carried under the fair value option.

Loan-to-value ratios primarily impact the allowance on mortgages within the consumer loan portfolio. The following table presents the amortized cost in residential first mortgages and home equity based on loan-to-value ratios:


															Revolving Loans Converted to Term Loans Amortized Cost Basis
	LTV Band												Revolving Loans Amortized Cost Basis				Total
	Amortized Cost Basis by Closing Year
As of June 30,	2021		2020		2019		2018		2017		Prior
Consumer Loans	(Dollars in millions)
Residential First Mortgage
>90	$	70	$	82	$	199	$	79	$	23	$	20	$	0	$	0	$	473
71-90	74		110		93		40		56		240		0		0		613
55-70	38		41		41		14		55		162		0		0		351
<55	20		23		32		23		46		100		89		8		341
Home Equity
>90	0		0		0		0		1		9		0		0		10
71-90	2		3		16		6		3		8		451		27		516
<=70	1		2		5		2		1		3		165		11		190
Total (1)	$	205	$	261	$	386	$	164	$	185	$	542	$	705	$	46	$	2,494

(1)Excludes loans carried under the fair value option.


															Revolving Loans Converted to Term Loans Amortized Cost Basis
	LTV Band												Revolving Loans Amortized Cost Basis				Total
	Amortized Cost Basis by Closing Year
As of December 31, 2020	2020		2019		2018		2017		2016		Prior
Consumer Loans	(Dollars in millions)
Residential first mortgage
>90	$	84	$	260	$	123	$	35	$	3	$	19	$	0	$	0	$	524
71-90	169		180		66		99		72		238		0		0		824
55-70	83		60		22		82		96		122		0		0		465
<55	26		48		26		76		81		73		93		15		438
Home Equity
>90	0		0		0		1		1		10		0		0		12
71-90	5		24		10		4		1		9		548		33		634
<=70	2		7		3		1		0		4		175		16		208
Total (1)	$	369	$	579	$	250	$	298	$	254	$	475	$	816	$	64	$	3,105

(1)Excludes loans carried under the fair value option.

Commercial Loans

~~Management~~Risk rating and the average loan duration have the most significant impact on the ACL for commercial loans. Additional factors which impact the ACL are debt-service-coverage ratio, loan-to-value ratio, interest-coverage ratio and leverage ratio.

Internal audit conducts periodic examinations which serve as an independent verification of the accuracy of the ratings assigned. All loans are examined on at least an annual basis. Loan grades are based on different factors within the borrowing relationship: entity sales, debt service coverage, debt/total net worth, liquidity, balance sheet and income statement trends, ~~management~~Management experience, business stability, financing structure, and financial reporting requirements. The underlying collateral is also rated based on the specific type of collateral and corresponding LTV. The combination of the borrower and collateral risk ratings results in the final risk rating for the borrowing relationship.

~~Consumer Loans~~

The same rating principles are used for consumer and commercial loans, but the principles are applied differently for consumer loans. Consumer loans consist of open and closed end loans extended to individuals for household, family, and other personal expenditures, and includes consumer loans, and loans to individuals secured by their personal residence, including first mortgage, home equity, and home improvement loans. Because consumer loans are usually relatively small-balance, homogeneous exposures, consumer loans are rated primarily on payment performance. Payment performance is a proxy for the strength of repayment capacity and loans are generally classified based on their payment status rather than by an individual review of each loan.

~~In accordance with regulatory guidance, we assign risk ratings to consumer loans in the following manner:~~

•~~Consumer loans are classified as Watch once the loan becomes 60 days past due.~~

•~~Open and closed-end consumer loans 90 days or more past due are classified Substandard.~~

September 30, 2017
Pass Watch Special Mention Substandard Total Loans
(Dollars in millions)
Consumer Loans
Residential First Mortgage $ 2,614
$ 24
$ —
$ 27
$ 2,665
Home equity 465
26
—
5
496
Other Consumer 26
—
—
—
26
Total Consumer Loans $ 3,105
$ 50
$ —
$ 32
$ 3,187

Commercial Loans
Commercial Real Estate $ 1,727
$ 30
$ —
$ 3
$ 1,760
Commercial and Industrial 1,003
82
—
12
1,097
Warehouse 1,119
40
—
—
1,159
Total Commercial Loans $ 3,849
$ 152
$ —
$ 15
$ 4,016
Based on the most recent credit analysis performed, the amortized cost basis, by risk category for each class of loans within the commercial portfolio, is as follows:



															Revolving Loans Converted to Term Loans Amortized Cost Basis
	Term Loans												Revolving Loans Amortized Cost Basis				Total		December 31, 2020
	Amortized Cost Basis by Closing Year
As of June 30,	2021		2020		2019		2018		2017		Prior
Commercial Loans	(Dollars in million)
Commercial real estate
Pass	$	182	$	292	$	644	$	377	$	250	$	454	$	749	$	0	$	2,948	$	2,805
Watch	0		4		9		27		94		60		9		0		203		166
Special mention	0		0		1		1		0		6		0		0		8		53
Substandard	0		0		2		0		0		0		8		0		10		37
Commercial and industrial
Pass	49		90		180		85		98		15		710		0		1,227		1,200
Watch	0		1		10		5		0		0		38		0		54		106
Special mention	0		1		17		9		0		0		18		0		45		24
Substandard	1		0		8		10		5		0		26		0		50		52
Warehouse
Pass	5,718		0		0		0		0		0		0		0		5,718		7,398
Watch	145		0		0		0		0		0		0		0		145		260
Special mention	0		0		0		0		0		0		0		0		0		0
Substandard	0		0		0		0		0		0		0		0		0		0
Total commercial loans	$	6,095	$	388	$	871	$	514	$	447	$	535	$	1,558	$	0	$	10,408	$	12,101



	Term Loans												Revolving Loans Amortized Cost Basis		Revolving Loans Converted to Term Loans Amortized Cost Basis		Total		December 31, 2019
	Amortized Cost Basis by Closing Year
As of December 31, 2020	2020		2019		2018		2017		2016		Prior
Commercial Loans	(Dollars in million)
Commercial real estate
Pass	$	347	$	993	$	439	$	438	$	308	$	280	$	0	$	0	$	2,805	$	2,794
Watch	21		19		35		51		21		19		0		0		166		24
Special mention	5		1		16		0		17		14		0		0		53		5
Substandard	0		11		1		25		0		0		0		0		37		5
Commercial and industrial
Pass	319		425		163		149		54		71		19		0		1,200		1,533
Watch	3		48		28		25		0		2		0		0		106		72
Special mention	1		0		14		9		0		0		0		0		24		24
Substandard	22		11		15		4		0		0		0		0		52		5
Warehouse
Pass	7,398		0		0		0		0		0		0		0		7,398		2,556
Watch	260		0		0		0		0		0		0		0		260		189
Special mention	0		0		0		0		0		0		0		0		0		15
Substandard	0		0		0		0		0		0		0		0		0		0
Total commercial loans	$	8,376	$	1,508	$	711	$	701	$	400	$	386	$	19	$	0	$	12,101	$	7,222

December 31, 2016
Pass Watch Special Mention Substandard Total Loans
(Dollars in millions)
Consumer Loans
Residential First Mortgage $ 2,273
$ 23
$ —
$ 31
$ 2,327
Home equity 386
46
—
11
443
Other Consumer 28
—
—
—
28
Total Consumer Loans $ 2,687
$ 69
$ —
$ 42
$ 2,798

Commercial Loans
Commercial Real Estate $ 1,225
$ 27
$ 3
$ 6
$ 1,261
Commercial and Industrial 678
59
21
11
769
Warehouse 1,168
16
53
—
1,237
Total Commercial Loans $ 3,071
$ 102
$ 77
$ 17
$ 3,267

Note 5 - Loans with Government Guarantees

Substantially all ~~loans with government guarantees~~LGG are insured or guaranteed by the FHA or the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs. ~~FHA~~Nonperforming repurchased loans in this portfolio earn interest at a rate based upon the 10-year U.S. Treasury note rate atfrom the time the underlying loan becomes 60 days delinquent until the loan is conveyed to HUD (if foreclosure timelines are met), which is not paid by the FHA until claimed. The Bank has a unilateral option to repurchase loans sold to GNMA if the loan is due, but unpaid, for three consecutive months (typically referred to as 90 days past due) and can recover losses through a claims process from the guarantor. These loans are recorded in LGG and the liability to repurchase the loans is recorded as loans with government guarantees repurchase options on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. This resulted in $1.0 billion of repurchase options as of June 30, 2021, a $0.9 billion decrease compared to a balance of $1.9 billion as of December 31, 2020. Certain loans within our portfolio may be subject to indemnifications and insurance limits which expose us to limited credit risk. We have reserved for these risks within other assets and as a component of our ~~ALLL~~ACL on residential first mortgages.

At ~~September~~June 30, ~~2017~~2021 and December 31, ~~2016, respectively, loans with government guarantees~~2020, LGG totaled ~~$253 million~~$2.2 billion and ~~$365 million.~~$2.5 billion, respectively.

~~At September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively, repossessed~~Repossessed assets and the associated claims related to government guaranteed loans are recorded in other assets and totaled ~~$92~~$10 million and ~~$135 million.~~$17 million, at June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.

Note 6 - Variable Interest Entities

We have no0 consolidated VIEs as of ~~September~~June 30, ~~2017~~2021 and December 31, ~~2016.~~2020.

We In connection with our non-QM securitization activities, we have retained a 5 percent interest in the investment securities of certain trusts ("other MBS") and are contracted as the subservicer of the underlying loans, compensated based on market rates, which constitutes a continuing involvement ~~but~~in these trusts. Although we have a variable interest in these securitization trusts, we are not ~~the~~their primary beneficiary ~~for one unconsolidated VIE related~~due to the ~~FSTAR 2007-1 mortgage securitization trust. In accordance~~relative size of our investment in comparison to the total amount of securities issued by the VIE and our inability to direct activities that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance. As a result, we have not consolidated the assets and liabilities of the VIE in our Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. The Bank’s maximum exposure to loss is limited to our investment in the VIE, as well as the standard representations and warranties made in conjunction with the ~~settlement agreement with MBIA, there is no further recourse to us related to FSTAR 2007-1, unless MBIA fails to meet their obligations. At September 30, 2017~~loan transfer. See Note 2 - Investment Securities and ~~December 31, 2016, the FSTAR 2007-1 mortgage securitization trust included 2,035 loans and 2,453 loans, respectively, with an aggregate principal balance of $70 million and $89 million, respectively.~~Note 16 - Fair Value Measurements, for additional information.

Note 7 - Mortgage Servicing Rights

We have investments in MSRs that result from the sale of loans to the secondary market for which we retain the servicing. ~~The~~We account for MSRs at their fair value. A primary risk associated with MSRs is the potential reduction in fair value as a result of higher than anticipated prepayments due to loan refinancing prompted, in part, by declining interest rates or government intervention. Conversely, these assets generally increase in value in a rising interest rate environment to the extent that prepayments are slower than ~~previously~~ anticipated. We utilize derivatives as economic hedges to offset changes in the fair value of the MSRs resulting from the actual or anticipated changes in prepayments stemming from changing interest rate environments. There is also a risk of valuation decline due to higher than expected ~~increases in~~ default rates, which we do not believe can be effectively managed using derivatives. For further information ~~See Note 8 - Derivative Financial Instruments,~~ regarding the derivative instruments utilized to manage our MSR ~~risks.~~risks, see Note 8 - Derivative Financial Instruments.

~~The following table presents changes~~ Changes in the ~~carrying~~fair value of residential first mortgage MSRs ~~accounted for at~~were as follows:


	Three Months Ended June 30,				Six Months Ended June 30,
	2021		2020		2021		2020
	(Dollars in millions)
Balance at beginning of period	$	428	$	223	$	329	$	291
Additions from loans sold with servicing retained	64		84		129		124
Reductions from sales	(96)		(10)		(96)		(46)
Decrease in MSR fair value due to pay-offs, pay-downs, run-off, model changes, and other (1)	(32)		(27)		(71)		(49)
Changes in estimates of fair value due to interest rate risk (1) (2)	(22)		(9)		51		(59)
Fair value of MSRs at end of period	$	342	$	261	$	342	$	261

(1)Changes in fair ~~value:~~value are included within net return on mortgage servicing rights on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

(2)Represents estimated MSR value change resulting primarily from market-driven changes which we manage through the use of derivatives.

Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30,
2017 2016 2017 2016
(Dollars in millions)
Balance at beginning of period $ 184
$ 301
$ 335
$ 296
Additions from loans sold with servicing retained 75
51
178
173
Reductions from sales (4 ) (17 ) (260 ) (41 )
Changes in fair value due to (1)

Decrease in MSR due to payoffs, pay-downs and run-off (5 ) (19 ) (15 ) (45 )
Changes in estimates of fair value (2)
(4 ) (14 ) 8
(81 )
Balance at end of period $ 246
$ 302
$ 246
$ 302


~~(1)~~	~~Changes in fair value are included within net return (loss) on MSRs on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.~~


~~(2)~~	~~Represents estimated MSR value change resulting primarily from market-driven changes.~~

The following table summarizes the hypothetical effect on the fair value of servicing rights using adverse changes of 10 percent and 20 percent to the weighted average of certain significant assumptions used in valuing these assets. The significant assumptions used in the fair value measurement of the MSRs are option adjusted spread and prepayment rate. Significant increases (decreases) in both of these assumptions in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement.assets:


	June 30, 2021							December 31, 2020
				Fair value							Fair value
	Actual			10% adverse change		20% adverse change		Actual			10% adverse change		20% adverse change
	(Dollars in millions)
Option adjusted spread	8.91		%	$	334	$	326	7.98		%	$	321	$	313
Constant prepayment rate	9.37		%	327		312		10.53		%	305		283
Weighted average cost to service per loan	$	80.58		339		335		$	81.24		325		321

September 30, 2017 December 31, 2016
Fair value after Fair value after
Actual 10% adverse change 20% adverse change Actual 10% adverse change 20% adverse change
(Dollars in millions)
Option adjusted spread 5.81 % $ 242
$ 238
7.78 % $ 326
$ 318
Constant prepayment rate 9.64 % 238
231
16.68 % 322
311
Weighted average annual cost to service per loan $ 71.00
244
241
$ 68.18
330
326

The sensitivity calculations above are hypothetical and should not be considered to be predictive of future performance. Changes in fair value based on adverse changes in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. To isolate the effect of the specified change, the fair value shock analysis is consistent with the identified adverse change, while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, a change in one assumption generally impacts other assumptions, which may either magnify or counteract the effect of the change. For further information on the fair value ~~disclosures relating to~~of MSRs, see Note 1816 - Fair Value Measurements.

Contractual servicing and subservicing fees. Contractual servicing and subservicing fees, including late fees and other ancillary income are presented below. Contractual servicing fees are included within net ~~(loss)~~ return on ~~MSRs~~mortgage servicing rights on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Contractual subservicing fees, including late fees and other ancillary income, are included within loan administration income on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Subservicing fee income is recorded for fees earned on subserviced loans, net of third party subservicing ~~costs, for loans subserviced.~~costs.

The following table summarizes income and fees associated with ~~contractual servicing rights:~~owned MSRs:


	Three Months Ended June 30,				Six Months Ended June 30,
	2021		2020		2021		2020
	(Dollars in millions)
Net return (loss) on mortgage servicing rights
Servicing fees, ancillary income and late fees (1)	$	29	$	24	$	60	$	45
Decreases in MSR fair value due to pay-offs, pay-downs, run-off, model changes, and other	(32)		(27)		(71)		(49)
Changes in fair value due to interest rate risk	(22)		(9)		51		(59)
Gain (loss) on MSR derivatives (2)	27		6		(38)		64
Net transaction costs	(7)		(2)		(7)		(3)
Total return included in net return on mortgage servicing rights	$	(5)	$	(8)	$	(5)	$	(2)

Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30,
2017 2016 2017 2016
(Dollars in millions)
Net return (loss) on mortgage servicing rights
Servicing fees, ancillary income and late fees (1)
$ 14
$ 22
$ 43
$ 60
Changes in fair value (9 ) (33 ) (7 ) (126 )
Net return (loss) on MSR derivatives (2)
—
(1 ) (3 ) 44
Net transaction costs 1
1
(7 ) 1
Total net return (loss) on mortgage servicing rights $ 6
$ (11 ) $ 26
$ (21 )
(1)Servicing fees are recorded on an accrual basis. Ancillary income and late fees are recorded on a cash basis.


~~(1)~~	~~Servicing fees are recorded on the accrual basis. Ancillary income and late fees are recorded on a cash basis.~~


~~(2)~~	~~Changes in the derivatives utilized as economic hedges to offset changes in fair value of the MSRs.~~

(2)Changes in the derivatives utilized as economic hedges to offset changes in fair value of the MSRs.

The following table summarizes income and fees associated with our mortgage loans ~~subserviced:~~subserviced for others:


	Three Months Ended June 30,				Six Months Ended June 30,
	2021		2020		2021		2020
	(Dollars in millions)
Loan administration income on mortgage loans subserviced
Servicing fees, ancillary income and late fees (1)	$	33	$	30	$	65	$	61
Charges on subserviced custodial balances (2)	(2)		(7)		(5)		(23)
Other servicing charges	(2)		(2)		(5)		(5)
Total income on mortgage loans subserviced, included in loan administration	$	29	$	21	$	55	$	33

(1)Servicing fees are recorded on an accrual basis. Ancillary income and late fees are recorded on cash basis.

(2)Charges on subserviced custodial balances represent interest due to the MSR owner.

Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30,
2017 2016 2017 2016
(Dollars in millions)
Loan administration income on mortgage loans subserviced
Servicing fees, ancillary income and late fees (1)
$ 9
$ 7
$ 26
$ 21
Other servicing charges (4 ) (3 ) (10 ) (7 )
Total income on mortgage loans subserviced, included in loan administration $ 5
$ 4
$ 16
$ 14


~~(1)~~	~~Servicing fees are recorded on the accrual basis. Ancillary income and late fees are recorded on cash basis.~~

Note 8 - Derivative Financial Instruments

Derivative financial instruments are recorded at fair value in other assets and other liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. ~~The Company's~~Our policy is to present ~~its~~our derivative assets and derivative liabilities on the Consolidated ~~Statement~~Statements of Financial Condition on a gross basis, even when provisions allowing for set-off are in place. However, for derivative contracts cleared through certain central clearing parties, variation margin payments are recognized as settlements. We are exposed to non-performance risk by the counterparties to our various derivative financial instruments. A majority of our derivatives are centrally cleared through a Central Counterparty Clearing House or consist of residential mortgage interest rate lock commitments further limiting our exposure to non-performance risk. We believe that the non-performance risk inherent in our remaining derivative contracts is minimal based on credit standards and the collateral provisions of the derivative agreements.

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:We maintain a derivative portfolio of interest rate swaps, futures and forward commitments used to manage exposure to changes in interest rates, MSR asset values and to meet the needs of customers. We also enter into interest rate lock commitments, which are commitments to originate mortgage loans whereby the interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding and the customers have locked into that interest rate. Market risk on interest rate lock commitments and mortgage LHFS is managed using corresponding forward sale commitments. Changes in the fair value of derivatives not designated as hedging instruments are recognized inon the Consolidated Statements of ~~Income.~~Operations.

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments: We have designated certain interest rate swaps as fair value hedges of investment securities AFS and residential first mortgage LHFI using the last-of-layer method. Cash flows and the profit impact associated with designated hedges are reported in the same category as the underlying hedged item.

We have also designated certain interest rate swaps as cash flow hedges ofon LIBOR based variable interest payments on certain ~~interest rate payments of our variable-rate FHLB advances.~~

custodial deposits. Changes in the fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges are recorded in other comprehensive income ~~(loss)~~ on the Consolidated ~~Statement~~Statements of Financial Condition and reclassified into interest expense in the same period in which the hedge transaction is recognized in earnings. ~~At September 30, 2017, we~~We had $3$9 million (net-of-tax) of unrealized gains and $5 million (net-of-tax) of unrealized losses on derivatives ~~designated~~classified as cash flow hedges recorded in ~~accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), compared to $1 million~~AOCI as of ~~unrealized gains at~~June 30, 2021 and December 31, ~~2016.~~2020, respectively. The estimated amount to be reclassified from other comprehensive income into earnings during the next 12 months represents $3 million of losses (net-of-tax).

Derivatives that are designated in hedging relationships are assessed for effectiveness using regression analysis at inception and ~~throughout the hedge period.~~qualitatively thereafter, unless regression analysis is deemed necessary. All designated hedge relationships were and are expected to be highly effective as of ~~September~~June 30, ~~2017. Cash flows and the profit impact associated with designated hedges are reported in the same line item as the underlying hedged item.~~2021.

The following ~~table presents~~tables present the notional amount, estimated fair value and maturity of our derivative financial instruments:


	June 30, 2021 (1)
	Notional Amount		Fair Value (2)		Expiration Dates
	(Dollars in millions)
Derivatives in cash flow hedge relationships:
Liabilities
Interest rate swaps on custodial deposits	$	800	$	1	2026-2027
Derivatives in fair value hedge relationships:
Assets
Interest rate swaps on AFS securities	$	100	$	0	2022

Total derivative assets	$	900	$	1
Liabilities

Interest rate swaps on AFS securities	$	350	$	0	2024-2025
Interest rate swaps on HFI residential first mortgages	$	100	$	0	2024
Total derivative liabilities	$	450	$	0
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Assets

Mortgage-backed securities forwards	4,632		19		2021
Rate lock commitments	8,905		115		2021
Interest rate swaps and swaptions	2,663		64		2021-2051
Total derivative assets	$	16,200	$	198
Liabilities
Futures	$	562	$	0	2021-2023
Mortgage-backed securities forwards	$	6,249	$	31	2021
Rate lock commitments	270		1		2021
Interest rate swaps	1,309		4		2020-2050
Total derivative liabilities	$	8,390	$	36

(1)Variation margin pledged to, or received from, a Central Counterparty Clearing House to cover the prior day's fair value of open positions is considered a settlement of the derivative position for accounting purposes.

(2)Derivative assets and liabilities are included in other assets and other liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, respectively.


							December 31, 2020 (1)
	September 30, 2017 (1)						Notional Amount		Fair Value (2)		Expiration Dates
	Notional Amount		Fair Value (2)		Expiration Dates		(Dollars in millions)
	(Dollars in millions)
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
Assets
Interest rate swaps on FHLB advances	$	830	$	1	2023-2026
Derivatives in cash flow hedge relationships:						Derivatives in cash flow hedge relationships:
Liabilities						Liabilities
Interest rate swaps on custodial deposits						Interest rate swaps on custodial deposits	$	800	1		2026-2027
Derivatives in fair value hedge relationships:						Derivatives in fair value hedge relationships:
Liabilities						Liabilities
Interest rate swaps on HFI residential first mortgages						Interest rate swaps on HFI residential first mortgages	100		0		2024
Interest rate swaps on AFS securities						Interest rate swaps on AFS securities	450		0		2022-2025
Total hedge accounting swaps						Total hedge accounting swaps	$	1,350	$	1
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:						Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Assets						Assets
Futures	$	1,091	$	—	2017-2022	Futures	$	1,346	$	0	2021-2023
Mortgage backed securities forwards	4,740		12		2017
Mortgage-backed securities forwards						Mortgage-backed securities forwards	749		14		2021
Rate lock commitments	4,478		33		2017	Rate lock commitments	10,587		208		2021
Interest rate swaps and swaptions	1,331		14		2017-2047	Interest rate swaps and swaptions	1,481		59		2021-2051
Total derivative assets	$	11,640	$	59		Total derivative assets	$	14,163	$	281
Liabilities						Liabilities
Futures	$	671	$	3	2017-2022
Mortgage backed securities forwards	2,089		4		2017
Mortgage-backed securities forwards						Mortgage-backed securities forwards	$	11,194	$	98	2021
Rate lock commitments	326		1		2017	Rate lock commitments	115		0		2021
Interest rate swaps	920		2		2017-2032
Interest rate swaps and swaptions						Interest rate swaps and swaptions	1,305		4		2021-2030
Total derivative liabilities	$	4,006	$	10		Total derivative liabilities	$	12,614	$	102

(1)Variation margin pledged to or received from a Central Counterparty Clearing House to cover the prior day's fair value of open positions, is considered a settlement of the derivative position for accounting purposes.

(2)Derivative assets and liabilities are included in other assets and other liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, respectively.

December 31, 2016
Notional Amount Fair Value (2) Expiration Dates
(Dollars in millions)
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
Assets
Interest rate swaps on FHLB advances $ 600
$ 20
2023-2026
Liabilities
Interest rate swaps on FHLB advances $ 230
$ 1
2025-2026
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Assets
Futures $ 4,621
$ 2
2017-2020
Mortgage backed securities forwards 3,776
43
2017
Rate lock commitments 3,517
24
2017
Interest rate swaps and swaptions 2,231
35
2017-2033
Total derivative assets $ 14,145
$ 104

Liabilities
Futures $ 134
$ —
2017
Mortgage backed securities forwards 1,893
11
2017
Rate lock commitments 598
6
2017
Interest rate swaps 1,129
37
2017-2047
Total derivative liabilities $ 3,754
$ 54


~~(1)~~	At September 30, 2017, variation margin pledged to or received from a Central Counterparty Clearing House to cover the prior day’s fair value of open positions is considered settlement of the derivative position for accounting purposes. At December 31, 2016, variation margin was not recognized as settlement.


~~(2)~~	~~Derivative assets and liabilities are included in other assets and other liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, respectively.~~

The following tables present the derivatives subject to a master netting arrangement, including the cash pledged as collateral:


			Gross Amounts Netted in the Statements of Financial Condition		Net Amount Presented in the Statements of Financial Condition		Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Statements of Financial Condition
	Gross Amount						Financial Instruments		Cash Collateral
	(Dollars in millions)
June 30, 2021
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
Assets
Interest rate swaps on AFS securities	$	0	$	0	$	0	$	0	$	1


Total derivative assets	$	0	$	0	$	0	$	0	$	1
Liabilities
Interest rate swaps on AFS securities	$	0	$	0	$	0	$	0	$	1
Interest rate swaps on custodial deposits	0		0		0		0		9
Interest rate swaps on HFI residential first mortgages	0		0		0		0		1
Total derivative liabilities	$	0	$	0	$	0	$	0	$	11

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Assets
Mortgage-backed securities forwards	$	19	$	0	$	19	$	0	$	5
Interest rate swaps and swaptions (1)	64		0		64		0		6
Total derivative assets	$	83	$	0	$	83	$	0	$	11
Liabilities
Mortgage-backed securities forwards	$	31	$	0	$	31	$	0	$	26
Interest rate swaps	4		0		4		0		30
Total derivative liabilities	$	35	$	0	$	35	$	0	$	56

December 31, 2020
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
Liabilities
Interest rate swaps on AFS securities	$	0	$	0	$	0	$	0	$	5
Interest rate swaps on HFI residential first mortgages	0		0		0		0		1
Interest rate swaps on custodial deposits	1		0		1		0		8
Total derivative liabilities	$	1	$	0	$	1	$	0	$	14

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Assets
Mortgage-backed securities forwards	$	14	$	0	$	14	$	0	$	0
Interest rate swaps	59		0		59		0		6
Total derivative assets	$	73	$	0	$	73	$	0	$	6
Liabilities
Mortgage-backed securities forwards	$	98	$	0	$	98	$	0	$	68
Interest rate swaps and swaptions (1)	4		0		4		0		26
Total derivative liabilities	$	102	$	0	$	102	$	0	$	94

(1)Variation margin pledged to or received from a Central Counterparty Clearing House to cover the prior day's fair value of open positions, is considered settlement of the derivative position for accounting purposes.

Losses of $1 million and $2 million on fair value hedging relationships of AFS securities were recorded in interest income for the three and six months ended June 30, 2021. The gains and losses on fair value hedging relationships of AFS securities for the three and six months ended June 30, 2020 were de-minimis.

Gross Amounts Netted in the Statement of Financial Position Net Amount Presented in the Statement of Financial Position Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Statement of Financial Position
Gross Amount Financial Instruments Cash Collateral
(Dollars in millions)
September 30, 2017
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
Assets
Interest rate swaps on FHLB advances (1)
$ 1
$ —
$ 1
$ —
$ 23

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Assets
Mortgage backed securities forwards $ 12
$ —
$ 12
$ —
$ 2
Interest rate swaps and swaptions (1)
14
—
14
—
11
Total derivative assets $ 26
$ —
$ 26
$ —
$ 13

Liabilities
Futures $ 3
$ —
$ 3
$ —
$ 4
Mortgage backed securities forwards 4
—
4
—
10
Interest rate swaps (1)
2
—
2
—
9
Total derivative liabilities $ 9
$ —
$ 9
$ —
$ 23

December 31, 2016
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
Assets
Interest rate swaps on FHLB advances (1)
$ 20
$ 1
$ 19
$ —
$ —
Liabilities
Interest rate swaps on FHLB advances (1)
$ 1
$ 1
$ —
$ —
$ 33

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Assets
Futures $ 2
$ —
$ 2
$ —
$ —
Mortgage-backed securities forwards 43
—
43
—
44
Interest rate swaps and swaptions (1)
35
—
35
—
30
Total derivative assets $ 80
$ —
$ 80
$ —
$ 74

Liabilities
Futures $ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ 1
Mortgage-backed securities forwards 11
—
11
—
—
Interest rate swaps (1)
37
—
37
—
20
Total derivative liabilities $ 48
$ —
$ 48
$ —
$ 21

~~(1)~~

At September 30, 2017, variation margin pledged to or received from a Central Counterparty Clearing House to cover the prior day’s fair value of open positions is considered settlement of the derivative position for accounting purposes. At December 31, 2016, variation margin was not recognized as settlement and we had an additional $15 million in variation margin in excess of the amounts disclosed above.

Losses of $1 million and $2 million on cash flow hedging relationships of custodial deposits were reclassified from AOCI into loan administration income during the three and six months ended June 30, 2021, respectively. Losses of $1 million on cash flow hedging relationships of custodial deposits were reclassified from AOCI into loan administration income during the three and six months ended June 30, 2020.

Gains and losses on fair value hedging relationships of HFI residential first mortgages for the three months ended June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020 were de-minimis.

The fair value basis adjustment on our hedged AFS securities is included in investment securities available-for-sale on our Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. The carrying amount of our hedged securities was $1.3 billion at June 30, 2021 and $1.7 billion at December 31, 2020 of which $1 million and $6 million, respectively, were due to the fair value hedge relationship. The closed portfolio of AFS securities designated in this last layer method hedge was $1.2 billion par (amortized cost of $1.2 billion) at June 30, 2021 and $1.6 billion par (amortized cost of $1.6 billion) at December 31, 2020 of which we have designated $450 million at both June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020.

The fair value basis adjustment on our hedged fair HFI residential first mortgages is included in LHFI on our Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. The carrying amount of our hedged loans was $205 million at June 30, 2021 of which a de-minimis amount is due to the fair value hedge relationship. We have designated $100 million of this closed portfolio of loans in a hedging relationship as of June 30, 2021. The carrying amount of our hedged loans was $240 million at December 31, 2020 of which $1 million was due to the fair value hedge relationship. We designated $100 million of this closed portfolio of loans in a hedging relationship at December 31, 2020.

At June 30, 2021, we pledged a total of ~~$23~~$74 million related to derivative financial instruments, consisting of $45 million of cash collateral on derivative liabilities and ~~$23~~$29 million of maintenance margin on ~~derivative assets to counterparties and~~centrally cleared derivatives. We had an obligation to return a total of $5 million of cash ~~of $13 million~~collateral on derivative assets at ~~September~~June 30, ~~2017.~~2021. We pledged a total of ~~$54~~$114 million related to derivative financial instruments, consisting of $84 million of cash collateral ~~to counterparties~~on derivatives and $30 million of maintenance margin on centrally cleared derivatives and had ana de-minimis obligation to return cash ~~of $74 million~~on derivative assets at December 31, ~~2016 for~~2020. Within the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, the collateral related to derivative ~~activities. The net cash pledged~~activity is included in other assets onand other liabilities and the ~~Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.~~cash pledged as maintenance margin is restricted and included in other assets.

The following table presents net gain ~~(loss)~~ recognized in income on derivative instruments, net of the impact of offsetting positions:


		Three Months Ended June 30,				Six Months Ended June 30,
		2021		2020		2021		2020
		(Dollars in millions)
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:	Location of gain (loss)
Futures	Net return on mortgage servicing rights	$	0	$	1	$	0	$	1
Interest rate swaps and swaptions	Net return on mortgage servicing rights	20		3		(27)		41
Mortgage-backed securities forwards	Net return on mortgage servicing rights	7		4		(11)		23
Rate lock commitments and MSR forwards	Net gain on loan sales	(178)		219		(15)		120
Interest rate swaps (1)	Other noninterest income	1		0		1		0
Total derivative gain (loss)		$	(150)	$	227	$	(52)	$	185

(1)Includes customer-initiated commercial interest rate swaps.

Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30,
2017 2016 2017 2016
(Dollars in millions)
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments: Location of Gain/(Loss)
Futures Net return (loss) on mortgage servicing rights $ (1 ) $ 4
$ (1 ) $ 8
Interest rate swaps and swaptions Net return (loss) on mortgage servicing rights (2 ) (7 ) (7 ) 21
Mortgage-backed securities forwards Net return (loss) on mortgage servicing rights 2
2
5
15
Rate lock commitments and forward agency and loan sales Net gain (loss) on loan sales (8 ) 15
(16 ) 14
Rate lock commitments Other noninterest income —
—
—
1
Interest rate swaps (1)
Other noninterest income —
2
1
3
Total derivative gain (loss) $ (9 ) $ 16
$ (18 ) $ 62


~~(1)~~	~~Includes customer-initiated commercial interest rate swaps.~~

Note 9 - Borrowings

Federal Home Loan Bank Advances and Other Borrowings

The following ~~table presents~~is a breakdown of our FHLB advances and other borrowings outstanding:


	June 30, 2021				December 31, 2020
	Amount		Rate		Amount		Rate
	(Dollars in millions)
Short-term fixed rate term advances	$	1,130	0.20	%	$	3,415	0.20	%
Short-term variable rate term advances	300		0.10	%	0		0	%
Other short-term borrowings (1)	665		0.13	%	485		0.08	%
Total short-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other borrowings	2,095				3,900
Long-term fixed rate advances (2)	1,200		1.03	%	1,200		1.03	%
Total Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other borrowings	3,295				5,100

September 30, 2017 December 31, 2016
Amount Rate Amount Rate
(Dollars in millions)
Short-term fixed rate term advances $ 4,065
1.14 % $ 1,780
0.62 %
Total Short-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances 4,065
1,780

Long-term LIBOR adjustable advances 1,025
1.49 % 1,025
1.12 %
Long-term fixed rate advances (1)
275
1.41 % 175
1.12 %
Total Long-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances 1,300
1,200

Total Federal Home Loan Bank advances $ 5,365
$ 2,980


~~(1)~~	~~Includes the current portion of fixed rate advances of $125 million and $50 millionat September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.~~

(1)Includes borrowings under overnight federal funds purchased lines with other Federal Reserve member institutions.

~~We are required to maintain a minimum amount~~(2)Includes the current portion of ~~qualifying collateral. In the event~~fixed rate advances of ~~default, the FHLB advance is similar to a secured borrowing, whereby the FHLB has the right to sell the pledged collateral to settle the fair value of the outstanding advances.~~

~~At September~~$200 million and $0 at June 30, ~~2017, we had the authority~~2021 and ~~approval from the FHLB to utilize a line of credit of up to~~ ~~$7.0 billion~~ and we may access that line to the extent that collateral is provided. At September 30, 2017, we had $5.4 billion of advances outstanding and an additional $1.1 billion of collateralized borrowing capacity available at the FHLB. The advances can be collateralized by non-delinquent single-family residential first mortgage loans, loans with government guarantees, certain other loans and investment securities.

At September 30, 2017, $1.0 billion of the outstanding advances were long-term adjustable rate, with interest rates that reset every three months and are based on the three-month LIBOR index. The advances may be prepaid without penalty, with notification at scheduled three month intervals after an initial 12 month lockout period which is based on the settlement date of each advance. The outstanding advances included $830 million in a cash flow hedge relationship as discussed in Note 8 - Derivative Financial Instruments.

December 31, 2020, respectively.

The following table contains detailed information on our FHLB advances and other borrowings:


	Three Months Ended September 30,						Nine Months Ended September 30,							Three Months Ended June 30,						Six Months Ended June 30,
	2017			2016			2017			2016				2021			2020			2021			2020
	(Dollars in millions)													(Dollars in millions)
Maximum outstanding at any month end	$	5,365		$	3,182		$	5,365		$	3,557		Maximum outstanding at any month end	$	3,575		$	5,660		$	4,737		$	6,841
Average outstanding balance	5,043			2,649			4,239			2,777			Average outstanding balance	$	3,622		$	4,821		$	3,800		$	4,590
Average remaining borrowing capacity	1,182			1,626			1,297			1,106			Average remaining borrowing capacity	$	5,295		$	5,272		$	5,389		$	5,124
Weighted average interest rate	1.36		%	1.26		%	1.26		%	1.25		%	Weighted average interest rate	0.45		%	0.45		%	0.44		%	0.86		%

The following table outlines the maturity dates of our FHLB advances and other borrowings:


	June 30, 2021
	(Dollars in millions)
2021	$	2,095
2022	200
2023	500
2024	100
Thereafter	400
Total	$	3,295

September 30, 2017
(Dollars in millions)
2017 $ 4,065
2018 125
2019 50
2020 —
Thereafter 1,125
Total $ 5,365

Parent Company Senior Notes, Subordinated Notes and Trust Preferred Securities

The following table presents long-term debt, net of debt issuance costs:


	June 30, 2021				December 31, 2020
	Amount		Interest Rate		Amount		Interest Rate
	(Dollars in millions)
Senior Notes
Senior notes, settled 2021	$	0	0	%	$	246	6.125	%
Subordinated Notes
Notes, matures 2030	149		4.125	%	148		4.125	%
Trust Preferred Securities
Floating Three Month LIBOR Plus:
3.25%, matures 2032	26		3.40	%	26		3.50	%
3.25%, matures 2033	26		3.43	%	26		3.49	%
3.25%, matures 2033	26		3.40	%	26		3.49	%
2.00%, matures 2035	26		2.18	%	26		2.24	%
2.00%, matures 2035	26		2.18	%	26		2.24	%
1.75%, matures 2035	51		1.87	%	51		1.97	%
1.50%, matures 2035	25		1.68	%	25		1.74	%
1.45%, matures 2037	25		1.57	%	25		1.67	%
2.50%, matures 2037	16		2.62	%	16		2.72	%
Total Trust Preferred Securities	247				247
Total other long-term debt	$	396			$	641

September 30, 2017 December 31, 2016
Amount Interest Rate Amount Interest Rate
(Dollars in millions)
Senior Notes
Senior notes, matures 2021 $ 246
6.125 % $ 246
6.125 %
Trust Preferred Securities
Floating Three Month LIBOR
Plus 3.25%, matures 2032 $ 26
4.58 % $ 26
4.25 %
Plus 3.25%, matures 2033 26
4.55 % 26
4.13 %
Plus 3.25%, matures 2033 26
4.55 % 26
4.25 %
Plus 2.00%, matures 2035 26
3.30 % 26
2.88 %
Plus 2.00%, matures 2035 26
3.30 % 26
2.88 %
Plus 1.75%, matures 2035 51
3.07 % 51
2.71 %
Plus 1.50%, matures 2035 25
2.80 % 25
2.38 %
Plus 1.45%, matures 2037 25
2.77 % 25
2.41 %
Plus 2.50%, matures 2037 16
3.82 % 16
3.46 %
Total Trust Preferred Securities 247
247

Total other long-term debt $ 493
$ 493

Senior Notes

On July 11, 2016, we issued $250 million of senior notes (“Senior Notes”) which mature on July 15, 2021. The proceeds from these notes were used to bring dividends current and redeem our outstanding TARP Preferred. The notes are unsecured and rank equally and ratably with the unsecured senior indebtedness of Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.

~~Prior to June 15, 2021, we may redeem some or all of~~ We settled the Senior Notes on January 22, 2021 and as of June 30, 2021 we have 0 Senior Notes outstanding.

Subordinated Notes

On October 28, 2020, we issued $150 million of Subordinated Debt (the "Notes") with a maturity date of November 1, 2030. The Notes bear interest at a ~~redemption price equal~~fixed rate of 4.125 percent through October 31, 2025, and a variable rate tied to SOFR thereafter until maturity. We have the ~~greater of 100 percent~~option to redeem all or a part of the ~~aggregate principal amount of the notes to be redeemed or the sum of the present values of the remaining~~Notes beginning on November 1, 2025, and on any subsequent interest payment date. The Notes qualify as Tier 2 capital for regulatory purposes.

~~scheduled payments discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 0.50 percent, plus, in each case accrued and unpaid interest.~~

Trust Preferred Securities

We sponsor ~~nine~~9 trust subsidiaries, which issued preferred stock to third party investors. We issued ~~trust preferred~~junior subordinated debt securities to those trusts, which we have included in long-term debt. The ~~trust preferred~~junior subordinated debt securities are the sole assets of those trusts.

The trust preferred securities are callable by us at any time. Interest is payable quarterly; however, we may defer interest payments for up to 20 quarters without default or penalty. As of ~~September~~June 30, ~~2017,~~2021, we had no0 deferred interest.

Note 10 ~~- Representation and Warranty Reserve~~

At the time a loan is sold, an estimate of the fair value of the guarantee associated with the mortgage loans is recorded in the representation and warranty reserve in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition which reduces the net gain on loan sales in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

~~The following table shows the activity impacting the representation and warranty reserve:~~

Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30,
2017 2016 2017 2016
(Dollars in millions)
Balance at beginning of period $ 20
$ 36
$ 27
$ 40
Provision (benefit)
Gain on sale reduction for representation and warranty liability 1
1
3
4
Representation and warranty provision (benefit) (4 ) (6 ) (11 ) (12 )
Total (3 ) (5 ) (8 ) (8 )
(Charge-offs) recoveries, net (1 ) 1
(3 ) —
Balance at end of period $ 16
$ 32
$ 16
$ 32

~~Note 11 - Warrants~~

~~May Investor Warrant~~

We granted warrants (the "May Investor Warrants") on January 30, 2009 under anti-dilution provisions applicable to certain investors (the "May Investors") in our May 2008 private placement capital raise.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, a total of 237,627 May Investor Warrants were exercised, resulting in the net issuance of 154,313 shares of Common Stock. As of September 30, 2017, there are no remaining May Investor Warrants outstanding and the related liability is reduced to zero.

~~At December 31, 2016, the liability was $4 million. For further information, see Note 18 - Fair Value Measurements.~~

~~TARP Warrant~~

On January 30, 2009, in conjunction with the sale of 266,657 shares of TARP Preferred, we issued a warrant to purchase up to approximately 645,138 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $62.00 per share (the "Warrant").

~~The Warrant is exercisable through January 30, 2019 and remains outstanding.~~

~~Note 12~~ - Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The following table sets forth the components in ~~accumulated other comprehensive~~AOCI:


	Three Months Ended June 30,				Six Months Ended June 30,
	2021		2020		2021		2020
	(Dollars in millions)
Investment Securities
Beginning balance	$	37	$	35	$	52	$	1
Unrealized gain	(2)		27		(22)		72
Less: Tax provision	0		6		(5)		17
Net unrealized gain	(2)		21		(17)		55
Other comprehensive income, net of tax	(2)		21		(17)		55
Ending balance	$	35	$	56	$	35	$	56

Cash Flow Hedges
Beginning balance	$	17	$	(4)	$	(5)	$	0
Unrealized loss	(9)		(10)		17		(15)
Less: Tax benefit	(1)		(3)		4		(4)
Net unrealized loss	(8)		(7)		13		(11)
Reclassifications out of AOCI (1)	1		1		2		1
Less: Tax provision (benefit)	0		0		0		0
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax	(7)		(6)		15		(10)
Ending balance	$	10	$	(10)	$	10	$	(10)

(1)Reclassifications are reported in noninterest income ~~(loss):~~on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30,
2017 2016 2017 2016
(Dollars in millions)
Investment securities
Beginning balance $ (6 ) $ 21
$ (8 ) $ 5
Unrealized gain —
1
2
27
Less: Tax provision —
—
1
10
Net unrealized gain —
1
1
17
Reclassifications out of AOCI (1)
1
(8 ) 3
(8 )
Less: Tax (benefit) provision —
(3 ) 1
(3 )
Net unrealized gain (loss) reclassified out of AOCI 1
(5 ) 2
(5 )
Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax 1
(4 ) 3
12
Ending balance $ (5 ) $ 17
$ (5 ) $ 17

Cash Flow Hedges
Beginning balance $ (3 ) $ (40 ) $ 1
$ (3 )
Unrealized gain (loss) —
2
(2 ) (61 )
Less: Tax (benefit) provision —
2
(1 ) (17 )
Net unrealized (loss) —
—
(1 ) (44 )
Reclassifications out of AOCI (1)
—
3
(5 ) 10
Less: Tax (benefit) —
—
(2 ) —
Net unrealized gain (loss) reclassified out of AOCI —
3
(3 ) 10
Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax —
3
(4 ) (34 )
Ending balance $ (3 ) $ (37 ) $ (3 ) $ (37 )


~~(1)~~	~~Reclassifications are reported in other noninterest income on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.~~

Note 1311 - Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share, excluding dilution, is computed by dividing earnings applicable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised and converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that could then share in our earnings.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share of common stock:


	Three Months Ended June 30,				Six Months Ended June 30,
	2021		2020		2021		2020
	(Dollars in millions, except share data)
Net income applicable to common stockholders	$	147	$	116	$	296	$	161
Weighted Average Shares
Weighted average common shares outstanding	52,763,868		56,790,642		52,719,959		56,723,254
Effect of dilutive securities
Stock-based awards	772,801		333,064		697,937		433,561
Weighted average diluted common shares	$	53,536,669	$	57,123,706	$	53,417,896	$	57,156,815
Earnings per common share
Basic earnings per common share	$	2.78	$	2.04	$	5.61	$	2.85
Effect of dilutive securities
Stock-based awards	(0.04)		(0.01)		(0.07)		(0.02)
Diluted earnings per common share	$	2.74	$	2.03	$	5.54	$	2.83

Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30,
2017 2016 2017 2016
(Dollars in millions, except share data)
Net income $ 40
$ 57
$ 108
$ 143
Deferred cumulative preferred stock dividends —
(2 ) —
(18 )
Net income applicable to common stockholders $ 40
$ 55
$ 108
$ 125
Weighted average shares
Weighted average common shares outstanding 57,162,025
56,580,238
57,062,696
56,556,188
Effect of dilutive securities
May Investor Warrants —
364,791
16,383
339,893
Stock-based awards 1,024,568
988,777
1,054,217
831,181
Weighted average diluted common shares 58,186,593
57,933,806
58,133,296
57,727,262
Earnings per common share
Basic earnings per common share $ 0.71
$ 0.98
$ 1.90
$ 2.21
Effect of dilutive securities
May Investor Warrants —
—
—
(0.02 )
Stock-based awards (0.01 ) (0.02 ) (0.04 ) (0.03 )
Diluted earnings per common share $ 0.70
$ 0.96
$ 1.86
$ 2.16

Under the terms of the TARP Preferred, the Company elected to defer payments of preferred stock dividends beginning with the February 2012 dividend. Although, while being deferred, the impact was not included in quarterly net income from continuing operations, the deferral did impact net income applicable to common stock for the purpose of calculating earnings per share, as shown above. On July 29, 2016, we completed the $267 million redemption of our TARP Preferred.

Note 1412 - Stock-Based Compensation

We had stock-based compensation expense of $2$4 million and $7 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2021, and $4 million and $8 million for the three and ~~nine~~six months ended ~~September~~June 30, ~~2017.~~2020.

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units

The following table summarizes restricted stock and restricted stock units activity:


	Three Months Ended June 30, 2021			Six Months Ended June 30, 2021
	Shares	Weighted — Average Grant-Date Fair Value per Share		Shares		Weighted — Average Grant-Date Fair Value per Share
Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units
Non-vested balance at beginning of period	1,063,285	$	32.00	974,186		$	30.88
Granted	201,262	44.66		345,330		42.80
Vested	(93,213)	32.29		(135,662)		33.05
Canceled and forfeited	(28,353)	30.97		(40,873)		30.85
Non-vested balance at end of period	1,142,981	$	34.23	$	1,142,981	$	34.23

Three Months Ended September 30, 2017 Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017
Shares Weighted — Average Grant-Date Fair Value per Share Shares Weighted — Average Grant-Date Fair Value per Share
Restricted Stock
Non-vested balance at beginning of period 1,455,327
$ 19.88
1,461,910
$ 17.68
Granted 28,750
23.57
355,088
28.02
Vested (298 ) 16.77
(214,239 ) 18.95
Canceled and forfeited (15,952 ) 23.31
(134,932 ) 18.57
Non-vested balance at end of period 1,467,827
$ 19.92
1,467,827
$ 19.92

2017 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

The Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("2017 ESPP") was approved on March 20, 2017, by our Board ~~of Directors ("the Board")~~ and on May 23, 2017, by our shareholders. The 2017 ESPP became effective July 1, 2017, and ~~will remain effective until~~was terminated on June 30, 2021 pursuant to the Merger Agreement with NYCB as approved by the ~~Board. A total of 800,000~~Board on April 24, 2021. There were 44,245 shares ~~of the Company’s common stock are reserved and authorized for issuance for purchase~~issued under the ~~2017 ESPP. During~~ESPP during the three months ended ~~September~~June 30, ~~2017, 19,897 shares were issued under~~2021 and the ~~2017 ESPP and our~~ associated compensation expense was de minimis.

N~~ote 15~~Note 13 - Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes in interim periods requires us to make a best estimate of the effective tax rate expected to be applicable for the full year, adjusted for any ~~discreet~~discrete items for the applicable period. This estimated effective tax rate is then applied to interim consolidated pre-tax operating income to determine the interim provision for income taxes.

The following table presents our provision for income tax and effective tax provision rate:


	Three Months Ended June 30,				Six Months Ended June 30,
	2021		2020		2021			2020
	(Dollars in millions)
Income before income taxes	190		148		$	383		$	203
Provision for income taxes	43		32		87			42
Effective tax provision rate	22.5	%	21.5	%	22.7		%	20.6		%

Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30,
2017 2016 2017 2016
(Dollars in millions)
Provision for income taxes $ 20
$ 30
$ 52
$ 73
Effective tax provision rate 32.4 % 34.3 % 32.3 % 33.8 %

We believe that it is unlikely that our unrecognized tax benefits will change by a material amount during the next 12 months. We recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in provision for income taxes.

Note 1614 - Regulatory Matters

Regulatory Capital

We, along with the Bank, are subject to the Basel III based U.S. capital rules, including capital simplification. Under these requirements, we must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank’s capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that could have a material effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements. ~~On January 1, 2015, the Basel III rules became effective and include transition provisions through 2018.~~

To be categorized as "well-capitalized," the Company and the Bank must maintain minimum tangible capital, Tier 1 capital, common equity Tier 1, and total capital ratios as set forth in the table below. We, along with the Bank, are considered "well-capitalized" at both ~~September~~June 30, ~~2017~~2021 and December 31, ~~2016.~~

2020.

The following tables present the regulatory capital ~~ratios as of~~requirements under the ~~dates indicated:~~applicable Basel III based U.S. capital rules:


Flagstar Bancorp	Actual				For Capital Adequacy Purposes				Well-Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
	Amount		Ratio		Amount		Ratio		Amount		Ratio
	(Dollars in millions)
June 30, 2021
Tier 1 capital (to adjusted avg. total assets)	$	2,562	9.21	%	$	1,113	4.0	%	$	1,391	5.0	%
Common equity Tier 1 capital (to RWA)	$	2,322	11.38	%	$	918	4.5	%	$	1,326	6.5	%
Tier 1 capital (to RWA)	$	2,562	12.56	%	$	1,224	6.0	%	$	1,632	8.0	%
Total capital (to RWA)	$	2,882	14.13	%	$	1,632	8.0	%	$	2,040	10.0	%
December 31, 2020
Tier 1 capital (to adjusted avg. total assets)	$	2,270	7.71	%	$	1,178	4.0	%	$	1,472	5.0	%
Common equity Tier 1 capital (to RWA)	$	2,030	9.15	%	$	999	4.5	%	$	1,442	6.5	%
Tier 1 capital (to RWA)	$	2,270	10.23	%	$	1,331	6.0	%	$	1,775	8.0	%
Total capital (to RWA)	$	2,638	11.89	%	$	1,775	8.0	%	$	2,219	10.0	%

Bancorp Actual For Capital Adequacy Purposes Well Capitalized Under Prompt��Corrective Action Provisions
Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio
(Dollars in millions)
September 30, 2017
Tangible capital (to adjusted avg. total assets) $ 1,423
8.80 %
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
Tier 1 leverage (to adjusted avg. total assets) 1,423
8.80 % $ 647
4.00 % $ 808
5.00 %
Common equity Tier 1 capital (to RWA) 1,208
11.65 % 467
4.50 % 674
6.50 %
Tier 1 capital (to RWA) 1,423
13.72 % 622
6.00 % 830
8.00 %
Total capital (to RWA) 1,554
14.99 % 830
8.00 % 1,037
10.00 %
December 31, 2016
Tangible capital (to adjusted avg. total assets) $ 1,256
8.88 % N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Tier 1 leverage (to adjusted avg. total assets) 1,256
8.88 % $ 566
4.0 % $ 707
5.0 %
Common equity Tier 1 capital (to RWA) 1,084
13.06 % 374
4.5 % 540
6.5 %
Tier 1 capital (to RWA) 1,256
15.12 % 498
6.0 % 664
8.0 %
Total capital (to RWA) 1,363
16.41 % 664
8.0 % 830
10.0 %


Flagstar Bank	Actual				For Capital Adequacy Purposes				Well-Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
	Amount		Ratio		Amount		Ratio		Amount		Ratio
	(Dollars in millions)
June 30, 2021
Tier 1 capital (to adjusted avg. total assets)	$	2,464	8.88	%	$	1,111	4.0	%	$	1,388	5.0	%
Common equity Tier 1 capital (to RWA)	$	2,464	12.08	%	$	918	4.5	%	$	1,326	6.5	%
Tier 1 capital (to RWA)	$	2,464	12.08	%	$	1,224	6.0	%	$	1,632	8.0	%
Total capital (to RWA)	$	2,634	12.92	%	$	1,632	8.0	%	$	2,039	10.0	%
December 31, 2020
Tier 1 capital (to adjusted avg. total assets)	$	2,390	8.12	%	$	1,177	4.0	%	$	1,472	5.0	%
Common equity Tier 1 capital (to RWA)	$	2,390	10.77	%	$	999	4.5	%	$	1,443	6.5	%
Tier 1 capital (to RWA)	$	2,390	10.77	%	$	1,332	6.0	%	$	1,775	8.0	%
Total capital (to RWA)	$	2,608	11.75	%	$	1,775	8.0	%	$	2,219	10.0	%

~~N/A - Not applicable~~

Bank Actual For Capital Adequacy Purposes Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio
(Dollars in millions)
September 30, 2017
Tangible capital (to adjusted avg. total assets) $ 1,519
9.38 %
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
Tier 1 leverage (to adjusted avg. total assets) 1,519
9.38 % $ 648
4.00 % $ 810
5.00 %
Common equity tier 1 capital (to RWA) 1,519
14.61 % 468
4.50 % 676
6.50 %
Tier 1 capital (to RWA) 1,519
14.61 % 624
6.00 % 832
8.00 %
Total capital (to RWA) 1,651
15.88 % 832
8.00 % 1,040
10.00 %
December 31, 2016
Tangible capital (to adjusted avg. total assets) $ 1,491
10.52 % N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Tier 1 leverage (to adjusted avg. total assets) 1,491
10.52 % $ 567
4.0 % $ 709
5.0 %
Common equity tier 1 capital (to RWA) 1,491
17.90 % 375
4.5 % 542
6.5 %
Tier 1 capital (to RWA) 1,491
17.90 % 500
6.0 % 667
8.0 %
Total capital (to RWA) 1,598
19.18 % 667
8.0 % 833
10.0 %

~~N/A - Not applicable~~

Note 1715 - Legal Proceedings, Contingencies and Commitments

Legal Proceedings

We and our subsidiaries are subject to various pending or threatened legal proceedings arising out of the normal course of business operations. In addition, the Bank is routinely named in civil actions throughout the country by borrowers and former borrowers relating to the ~~origination,~~closing, purchase, sale, and servicing of mortgage loans. From time to time, governmental agencies also conduct investigations or examinations of various practices of the Bank. In the course of such investigations or examinations, the Bank cooperates with such agencies and provides information as requested.

We assess the liabilities and loss contingencies in connection with pending or threatened legal and regulatory proceedings on at least a quarterly basis and establish accruals when we believe it is probable that a loss may be incurred and that the amount of such loss can be reasonably estimated. Once established, litigation accruals are adjusted, as appropriate, in light of additional information. Payments made to settle our liabilities may differ from the contingency or fair value recorded due to factors that differ from our assumptions.

At ~~September~~June 30, ~~2017,~~2021, we do not believe that the amount of any reasonably possible losses in excess of any amounts accrued with respect to ongoing proceedings or any other known claims will be material to our financial statements, or that the ultimate outcome of these actions will have a ~~material~~materially adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

DOJ ~~litigation settlement~~Liability

In On February 24, 2012, the Bank entered into a Settlement Agreement with the DOJ under which ~~meets the definition of a financial liability (the "DOJ Liability").~~

~~In accordance with the Settlement Agreement,~~ we ~~made an initial payment of $15 million and~~ agreed to make future ~~annual~~ payments totaling $118 million in annual increments of up to $25 million upon meeting ~~all conditions, which are evaluated quarterly~~certain conditions. On March 30, 2021, the Bank signed a $70 million final Settlement and ~~include: (a) the reversal of the DTA valuation allowance, which occurred at the end of 2013; (b) the repayment of the Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C~~Dismissal Amendment (the ~~"TARP Preferred"~~"Amendment")~~, which occurred in the third quarter of 2016; and (c) the Bank’s Tier 1 Leverage Capital Ratio equals 11 percent or greater as filed in the Call Report~~ with the ~~OCC.~~

NoDOJ. The Amendment required us to make a $70 million one-time restitution cash payment ~~would be required until six months after~~and removed any further obligations related to the Bank files its Call Report OCC first reporting that its Tier 1 Leverage Capital Ratio was 11 percent or greater. If all other conditions were then satisfied, an initial annual payment would be due at that time. The next annual payment is only made if such other conditions continueoriginal Settlement Agreement. We recorded a $35 million expense to ~~be satisfied otherwise payments are delayed until all such conditions are met. Further, making such a payment must not violate any material banking regulatory requirement, and~~adjust the ~~OCC must not object in writing.~~

Additionally, if the Bank and Bancorp become party to a business combination in which the Bank or Bancorp represent less than 33.3 percent of the resulting company’s assets. Annual payments must commence twelve months after the date of that business combination.

We elected to account for the DOJ Liability under the fair value option. To determine the fair value, we utilize a discounted cash flow model. Key assumptions for the discounted cash flow model include using a discount rate as of September 30, 2017 of 9.4 percent; probability weightings of multiple cash flow scenarios and possible outcomes which contemplate the above conditions and estimates of forecasted net income, size of the balance sheet, capital levels, dividends and their impact on the timing of cash payments and the assumptions we believe a market participant would make to transfer the liability. The fair value of the DOJ Liability through other noninterest expense in the first quarter of 2021. The payment was ~~$60 million~~made on April 8, 2021, fully satisfying the Amendment and reducing the liability to $0 at ~~both September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016.~~ June 30,2021. See Note 16 - Fair Value Measurements.

Other litigation accruals

At ~~September~~June 30, ~~2017~~2021 and December 31, ~~2016,~~2020, excluding the fair value liability relating to the DOJ ~~litigation settlement,~~Liability, our total accrual for contingent liabilities and settled litigation ~~and regulatory matters~~ was $2$8 million and $3$7 million, respectively.

Commitments

In the normal course of business, we have various commitments outstanding which are not included on our Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. The following table is a summary of the contractual amount of significant commitments:


	June 30, 2021		December 31, 2020
	(Dollars in millions)
Commitments to extend credit
Mortgage loan commitments including interest rate locks	$	9,175	$	10,702
Warehouse loan commitments	4,869		2,849
Commercial and industrial commitments	1,537		1,271
Other construction commitments	2,176		1,934
HELOC commitments	596		544
Other consumer commitments	166		121
Standby and commercial letters of credit	102		95

September 30, 2017 December 31, 2016
(Dollars in millions)
Commitments to extend credit
Mortgage loans interest-rate lock commitments $ 4,804
$ 4,115
Warehouse loan commitments 1,560
1,670
Commercial and industrial commitments 692
424
Other commercial commitments 955
651
HELOC commitments 241
179
Other consumer commitments 51
57
Standby and commercial letters of credit 46
30

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is not a violation of any condition established in the contract. ~~Since~~Because many of these commitments expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash flow requirements. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses. We evaluate each customer's credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by us, upon extension of credit is based on ~~management's~~Management's credit evaluation of the counterparties.

�� These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk beyond the amount recognized on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. Our exposure to credit losses in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. We utilize the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as we do for balance sheet instruments. The types of credit we extend are as follows:

Mortgage loan commitments including interest-rate ~~lock commitments.~~locks. We enter into mortgage loan commitments, including interest-rate ~~lock commitments~~locks with our customers. These interest-rate lock commitments are considered to be derivative instruments and the fair value of these commitments is recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition in other assets. For further information, see Note 8 - Derivative Financial Instruments.

Warehouse loan commitments. Lines of credit provided to mortgage originators to fund loans they originate and then sell. The proceeds of the sale of the loans are used to repay the draw on the line used to fund the loans.

Commercial and industrial and other ~~commercial~~construction commitments. Conditional commitments issued under various terms to lend funds to ~~business~~businesses and other entities. These commitments include revolving credit agreements, term loan commitments and short-term borrowing agreements. Many of these loan commitments have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. ~~Since~~Because many of these commitments are expected to expire without being funded, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future liquidity requirements.

HELOC commitments. Commitments to extend, originate or purchase credit are primarily lines of credit to consumers and have specified rates and maturity dates. Many of these commitments also have adverse change clauses, which allow us to cancel the commitment due to deterioration in the borrowers’ creditworthiness or a decline in the collateral value.

Other consumer commitments. C~~onditional~~Conditional commitments issued to accommodate the financial needs of customers. The commitments are made under various terms to lend funds to consumers, which include revolving credit agreements, term loan commitments and short-term borrowing agreements.

Standby and commercial letters of credit. Conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Standby letters of credit generally are contingent upon the failure of the customer to perform according to the terms of the underlying contract with the third party, while commercial letters of credit are issued specifically to facilitate commerce and typically result in the commitment being drawn on when the underlying transaction is consummated between the customer and the third party. These financial standby letters of credit irrevocably obligate the bank to pay a third party beneficiary when a customer fails to repay an outstanding loan or debt instrument.

We maintain a reserve for the ~~estimate of probable~~estimated lifetime credit losses ~~inherent~~ in unfunded commitments to extend credit. Unfunded commitments to extend credit include unfunded loans with available balances, new commitments to lend that are not

yet funded, and standby and commercial letters of credit. A reserve balance of $3$18 million at ~~both September~~June 30, ~~2017~~2021 and $28 million at December 31, ~~2016~~2020, respectively, is reflected in other liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. See Note 4 - Loans Held-for-Investment for additional information.

Supplemental executive retirement plan with former CEO.The Company entered into a supplemental executive retirement plan (“SERP”) with a former CEO in 2009. Under the plan, the former CEO was to receive a $16 million payment in August 2018. The Company fully accrued for the SERP liability during that time period and no SERP payments have been made to the former CEO. In the second quarter of 2021, we entered into a settlement agreement with the former CEO that terminates the SERP and all other prior employment agreements in exchange for a maximum payment of $6 million which remains subject to regulatory approval as of June 30, 2021.

Note 1816 - Fair Value Measurements

We utilize fair value measurements to record or disclose the fair value on certain assets and liabilities. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability through an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The determination of fair values of financial instruments often requires the use of estimates. In cases where quoted market values in an active market are not available, we use present value techniques and other valuation methods to estimate the fair values of our financial instruments. These valuation models rely on market-based parameters when available, such as interest rate yield curves or credit spreads. Unobservable inputs may be based on ~~management's~~Management's judgment, assumptions and estimates related to credit quality, our future earnings, interest rates and other relevant inputs. These valuation methods require considerable judgment and the resulting estimates of fair value can be significantly affected by the assumptions made and methods used. Refer to Note 22 - Fair Value Measurements to the consolidated financial statements of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016 for a description of our valuation methodologies and information about the fair value hierarchy.

Valuation Hierarchy

U.S. GAAP establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements. The hierarchy is based on the transparency of the inputs used in the valuation process with the highest priority given to quoted prices available in active markets and the lowest priority given to unobservable inputs where no active market exists, as discussed below.

Level 1 - Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets in which we can participate as of the measurement date;

Level 2 - Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, and other inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument; and

Level 3 - Unobservable inputs that reflect our own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

A financial instrument's categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input within the valuation hierarchy that is significant to the overall fair value measurement. Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are recognized at the end of the reporting period.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring ~~Basis.~~Basis

The following tables present the financial instruments carried at fair value by caption on the Consolidated ~~Statement~~Statements of Financial Condition and by level in the valuation hierarchy.


	June 30, 2021
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total Fair Value
	(Dollars in millions)
Investment securities available-for-sale
Agency - Commercial	$	0	$	802	$	0	$	802
Agency - Residential	0		833		0		833
Municipal obligations	0		24		0		24
Corporate debt obligations	0		74		0		74
Other MBS	0		89		0		89
Certificate of deposit	0		1		0		1
Loans held-for-sale
Residential first mortgage loans	0		5,834		0		5,834
Loans held-for-investment
Residential first mortgage loans	0		19		0		19
Home equity	0		0		2		2
Mortgage servicing rights	0		0		342		342
Derivative assets
Rate lock commitments (fallout-adjusted)	0		0		115		115

Mortgage-backed securities forwards	0		19		0		19
Interest rate swaps and swaptions	0		64		0		64
Total assets at fair value	$	0	$	7,759	$	459	$	8,218
Derivative liabilities
Rate lock commitments (fallout-adjusted)	$	0	$	0	$	(1)	$	(1)
Mortgage backed securities forwards	0		(31)		0		(31)
Interest rate swaps	0		(6)		0		(6)

Total liabilities at fair value	$	0	$	(37)	$	(1)	$	(38)


	September 30, 2017													December 31, 2020
	Level 1			Level 2			Level 3			Total Fair Value				Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total Fair Value
	(Dollars in millions)													(Dollars in millions)
Investment securities available-for-sale													Investment securities available-for-sale
Agency - Commercial	$	—		$	750		$	—		$	750		Agency - Commercial	$	0	$	1,061	$	0	$	1,061
Agency - Residential	—			809			—			809			Agency - Residential	0		735		0		735
Municipal obligations	—			44			—			44			Municipal obligations	0		28		0		28
Corporate debt obligations	—			34			—			34			Corporate debt obligations	0		77		0		77
Other MBS													Other MBS	0		42		0		42
Certificate of deposit													Certificate of deposit	0		1		0		1
Loans held-for-sale													Loans held-for-sale
Residential first mortgage loans	—			4,907			—			4,907			Residential first mortgage loans	0		7,009		0		7,009
Loans held-for-investment													Loans held-for-investment
Residential first mortgage loans	—			9			—			9			Residential first mortgage loans	0		11		0		11
Home equity	—			—			4			4			Home equity	0		0		2		2
Mortgage servicing rights	—			—			246			246			Mortgage servicing rights	0		0		329		329
Derivative assets													Derivative assets
Rate lock commitments (fallout-adjusted)	—			—			33			33			Rate lock commitments (fallout-adjusted)	0		0		208		208
Mortgage-backed securities forwards	—			12			—			12			Mortgage-backed securities forwards	0		14		0		14
Interest rate swaps and swaptions	—			14			—			14			Interest rate swaps and swaptions	0		59		0		59
Interest rate swap on FHLB advances (net)	—			1			—			1
Total assets at fair value	$	—		$	6,580		$	283		$	6,863		Total assets at fair value	$	0	$	9,037	$	539	$	9,576
Derivative liabilities													Derivative liabilities
Rate lock commitments (fallout-adjusted)	$	—		$	—		$	(1	)	$	(1	)
Futures	(3		)	—			—			(3		)
Mortgage backed securities forwards	—			(4		)	—			(4		)
Mortgage-backed securities forwards													Mortgage-backed securities forwards	$	0	$	(98)	$	0	$	(98)
Interest rate swaps	—			(2		)	—			(2		)	Interest rate swaps	0		(4)		0		(4)
DOJ litigation settlement	—			—			(60		)	(60		)
Contingent consideration	—			—			(26		)	(26		)
DOJ Liability													DOJ Liability	0		0		(35)		(35)
Total liabilities at fair value	$	(3	)	$	(6	)	$	(87	)	$	(96	)	Total liabilities at fair value	$	0	$	(102)	$	(35)	$	(137)

On May 15, 2017, the Company closed on the acquisition of certain assets of Opes Advisors (“Opes”), a California based retail mortgage originator and wealth management service provider. Although the acquired assets of Opes were not significant, the addition of Opes positions us to increase our distributed retail lending channel. Consideration in the acquisition of Opes consisted of upfront cash and contingent cash in the form of an earn-out. The earn-out is based on future target production volumes and profitability of the division which were significant inputs to the preliminary fair value. We deem the initial valuation of the assets and liabilities to be provisional and have left the measurement period open. These fair values may be adjusted in a future period, not to exceed one year after the acquisition date, to reflect new facts and circumstances which existed as of the acquisition date. During the third quarter of 2017, an adjustment was made to the initial fair value of the acquisition earn-out that was the result of facts and circumstances in existence at the acquisition date.

December 31, 2016

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Fair
Value
(Dollars in millions)
Investment securities available-for-sale
Agency - Commercial $ —
$ 548
$ —
$ 548
Agency - Residential —
898
—
898
Municipal obligations —
34
—
34
Loans held-for-sale
Residential first mortgage loans —
3,145
—
3,145
Loans held-for-investment
Residential first mortgage loans —
7
—
7
Home equity —
—
65
65
Mortgage servicing rights —
—
335
335
Derivative assets
Rate lock commitments (fallout-adjusted) —
—
24
24
Futures 2
—
—
2
Mortgage backed securities forwards —
43
—
43
Interest rate swaps and swaptions —
35
—
35
Interest rate swaps on FHLB advances (net) —
19
—
19
Total assets at fair value $ 2
$ 4,729
$ 424
$ 5,155
Derivative liabilities
Rate lock commitments (fallout-adjusted) $ —
$ —
$ (6 ) $ (6 )
Mortgage backed securities forwards —
(11 ) —
(11 )
Interest rate swaps —
(37 ) —
(37 )
Warrant liabilities —
(4 ) —
(4 )
DOJ litigation settlement —
—
(60 ) (60 )
Total liabilities at fair value $ —
$ (52 ) $ (66 ) $ (118 )

~~There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during the nine months ended September 30, 2017.~~

Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs

The following ~~tables include~~table includes a roll forward of the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition amounts (including the change in fair value) for financial instruments classified by us within ~~level~~Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy:


	Balance at Beginning of Period		Total Gains (Losses) Recorded in Earnings (1)		Purchases / Closings		Sales		Settlement		Transfers Out		Balance at End of Period
	(Dollars in millions)
Three Months Ended June 30, 2021
Assets
Loans held-for-investment
Home equity	$	2	$	0	$	0	$	0	$	0	$	0	$	2
Mortgage servicing rights (2)	428		(54)		64		(96)		0		0		$	342
Rate lock commitments (net) (2)(3)	74		47		179		0		0		(186)		$	114
Totals	$	504	$	(7)	$	243	$	(96)	$	0	$	(186)	$	458
Liabilities
DOJ Liability	$	(70)	$	0	$	0	$	0	$	70	$	0	$	0

Totals	$	(70)	$	0	$	0	$	0	$	70	$	0	$	0

Three Months Ended June 30, 2020
Assets
Loans held-for-investment
Home equity	$	2	$	0	$	0	$	0	$	0	$	0	$	2
Mortgage servicing rights (2)	223		(36)		84		(10)		0		0		261
Rate lock commitments (net) (2)(3)	169		79		309		0		0		(352)		205
Totals	$	394	$	43	$	393	$	(10)	$	0	$	(352)	$	468
Liabilities
DOJ Liability	$	(35)	$	0	$	0	$	0	$	0	$	0	$	(35)
Contingent consideration	(16)		(11)		0		0		0		0		(27)
Totals	$	(51)	$	(11)	$	0	$	0	$	0	$	0	$	(62)

(1)There were 0 unrealized gains (losses) recorded in OCI during the three months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020.

Recorded in Earnings Recorded in OCI

Balance at
Beginning of
Period
Total Unrealized Gains / (Losses) Total Realized Gains / (Losses) Total Unrealized Gains / (Losses) Purchases / Originations Sales Settlements Transfers In (Out)
Balance at
End of
Period
(Dollars in millions)
Three Months Ended September 30, 2017
Assets
Loans held-for-investment
Home equity $ 5
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ (1 ) $ —
$ 4
Mortgage servicing rights 184
(9 ) —
—
75
(4 ) —
—
246
Rate lock commitments (net) (1) 26
21
—
—
82
—
—
(97 ) 32
Totals $ 215
$ 12
$ —
$ —
$ 157
$ (4 ) $ (1 ) $ (97 ) $ 282
Liabilities
DOJ litigation settlement $ (60 ) $ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ (60 )
Contingent consideration (23 ) (1 ) —
—
(2 ) —
—
—
(26 )
Totals $ (83 ) $ (1 ) $ —
$ —
$ (2 ) $ —
$ —
$ —
$ (86 )

Three Months Ended September 30, 2016
Assets
Loans held-for-investment
Home equity $ 82
$ 4
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ (14 ) $ —
$ 72
Mortgage servicing rights 301
(33 ) —
—
51
(17 ) —
—
302
Rate lock commitments (net) (1) 82
33
—
—
116
(150 ) (18 ) —
63
Totals $ 465
$ 4
$ —
$ —
$ 167
$ (167 ) $ (32 ) $ —
$ 437
Liabilities
DOJ litigation settlement $ (84 ) $ 24
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ (60 )


~~(1)~~	Rate lock commitments are reported on a fallout adjusted basis. Transfers out of Level 3 represent the settlement value of the commitments that are transferred to LHFS, which are classified as Level 2 assets.

Recorded in Earnings Recorded in OCI
Balance at
Beginning of
Period Total Unrealized Gains / (Losses) Total Realized Gains / (Losses) Total Unrealized Gains / (Losses) Purchases / Originations Sales Settlements Transfers In (Out) Balance at
End of
Period
(Dollars in millions)
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017
Assets
Loans held-for-sale
Home equity $ —
$ 1
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ (52 ) $ (1 ) $ 52
$ —
Loans held-for-investment
Home equity 65
1
—
—
—
—
—
(7 ) (55 ) 4
Mortgage servicing rights 335
(7 ) —
—
178
(260 ) —
—
246
Rate lock commitments (net) (1) 18
55
—
—
199
—
—
(240 ) 32
Totals $ 418
$ 50
$ —
$ —
$ 377
$ (312 ) $ (8 ) $ (243 ) $ 282
Liabilities
DOJ litigation settlement $ (60 ) $ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ (60 )
Contingent consideration —
(1 ) —
—
(25 ) —
—
—
(26 )
Totals $ (60 ) $ (1 ) $ —
$ —
$ (25 ) $ —
$ —
$ —
$ (86 )

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2016
Assets
Loans held-for-investment
Home equity $ 106
$ 2
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ (36 ) $ —
$ 72
Mortgage servicing rights 296
(126 ) —
—
173
(41 ) —
—
302
Rate lock commitments (net) (1) 26
153
—
—
303
(371 ) (48 ) —
63
Totals $ 428
$ 29
$ —
$ —
$ 476
$ (412 ) $ (84 ) $ —
$ 437
Liabilities
DOJ litigation settlement $ (84 ) $ 24
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ (60 )


~~(1)~~	Rate lock commitments are reported on a fallout adjusted basis. Transfers out of Level 3 represent the settlement value of the commitments that are transferred to LHFS, which are classified as Level 2 assets.

(2)We utilized swaptions, futures, forward agency and loan sales and interest rate swaps to manage the risk associated with MSRs and rate lock commitments. Gains and losses for individual lines ~~in the tables~~ do not reflect the effect of our risk management activities related to such ~~level~~Level 3 instruments.

(3)Rate lock commitments are reported on a fallout-adjusted basis. Transfers out of Level 3 represent the settlement value of the commitments that are transferred to LHFS, which are classified as Level 2 assets.


	Balance at Beginning of Period		Total Gains (Losses) Recorded in Earnings (1)		Purchases / Closings		Sales		Settlement		Transfers Out		Balance at End of Period
	(Dollars in millions)
Six Months Ended June 30, 2021
Assets
Loans held-for-investment
Home equity	$	2	$	0	$	0	$	0	$	0	$	0	$	2
Mortgage servicing rights (2)	329		(20)		129		(96)		0		0		$	342
Rate lock commitments (net) (2)(3)	208		(122)		384		0		0		(356)		$	114
Totals	$	539	$	(142)	$	513	$	(96)	$	0	$	(356)	$	458
Liabilities
DOJ Liability	$	(35)	$	(35)	$	0	$	0	$	70	$	0	$	0

Totals	$	(35)	$	(35)	$	0	$	0	$	70	$	0	$	0

Six Months Ended June 30, 2020
Assets
Loans held-for-investment
Home equity	$	2	$	0	$	0	$	0	$	0	$	0	$	2
Mortgage servicing rights (2)	291		(108)		124		(46)		0		0		261
Rate lock commitments (net) (2)(3)	34		184		472		0		0		(485)		205
Totals	$	327	$	76	$	596	$	(46)	$	0	$	(485)	$	468
Liabilities
DOJ Liability	$	(35)	$	0	$	0	$	0	$	0	$	0	$	(35)
Contingent consideration	(10)		(17)		0		0		0		0		(27)
Totals	$	(45)	$	(17)	$	0	$	0	$	0	$	0	$	(62)

(1)There were 0 unrealized gains (losses) recorded in OCI during the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020.

(2)We utilized swaptions, futures, forward agency and loan sales and interest rate swaps to manage the risk associated with MSRs and rate lock commitments. Gains and losses for individual lines do not reflect the effect of our risk management activities related to such Level 3 instruments.

The following tables present the quantitative information about recurring ~~level~~Level 3 fair value financial instruments and the fair value measurements as of:


	Fair Value		Valuation Technique	Unobservable Input	Range (Weighted Average)
	(Dollars in millions)
June 30, 2021
Assets
Loans held-for-investment
Home equity	$	2	Discounted cash flows	Discount rate Constant prepayment rate Constant default rate	7.2% -10.8% (9.0%) 12.6% - 18.9% (15.8%) 1.5%-2.3% (1.9%)	(1)
Mortgage servicing rights	$	342	Discounted cash flows	Option adjusted spread Constant prepayment rate Weighted average cost to service per loan	3.8% - 21.6% (8.9%) 0% - 11.5% (9.4%) $67 - $95 ($81)	(1)
Rate lock commitments (net)	$	114	Consensus pricing	Origination pull-through rate	72.1% - 87.2% (73.9%)	(1)

Fair Value Valuation Technique Unobservable Input Range (Weighted Average)
(Dollars in millions)
September 30, 2017
Assets
Loans held-for-investment
Home equity $ 4
Discounted cash flows Discount rate
Constant prepayment rate
Constant default rate 7.2% - 10.8% (9.0%)
5.2% - 7.7% (6.5%)
3.0% - 4.5% (3.4%)
Mortgage servicing rights $ 246
Discounted cash flows Option adjusted spread
Constant prepayment rate
Weighted average cost to service per loan 4.7% - 7.0% (5.8%)
7.8% - 11.4% (9.6%)
$57 - $85 ($71)
Rate lock commitments (net) $ 32
Consensus pricing Origination pull-through rate 63.9% - 95.9% (79.9%)
Liabilities
DOJ litigation settlement $ 60
Discounted cash flows Discount rate
Asset growth rate 7.5% - 11.3% (9.4%)
5.6% - 16.8% (6.5%)
Contingent consideration $ 26
Discounted cash flows Beta
Equity volatility 0.6 - 1.6 (1.1)
26.6% - 58.9% (40.5%)
(1)Unobservable inputs were weighted by their relative fair value of the instruments.

Fair Value

Valuation Technique

Unobservable Input

Range (Weighted Average)

Fair Value

Valuation Technique

Unobservable Input

Range (Weighted Average)

(Dollars in millions)

December 31, 2016

December 31, 2020

Assets

Loans held-for-investment

Home equity

Discounted cash flows

Discount rate
Constant prepayment rate
Constant default rate

6.0% - 12.2% (9.3%)
16.3% - 24.4% (20.3%)
2.7% - 4.1% (3.7%)

Home equity

Discounted cash flows

Discount rate
Constant prepayment rate
Constant default rate

7.2% -10.8% (9.0%)

12.6% - 18.9% (15.8%)

1.5%-2.3% (1.9%)

(1)

Mortgage servicing rights

335

Discounted cash flows

Option adjusted spread
Constant prepayment rate
Weighted average cost to service per loan

6.2% - 9.3% (7.8%)
13.9% - 19.2% (16.7%)
$55 - $82 ($68)

Mortgage servicing rights

329

Discounted cash flows

Option adjusted spread
Constant prepayment rate
Weighted average cost to service per loan

3.4% - 21.2% (8.0%)

0% - 13.3% (10.5%)

$67 - $95 ($81)

(1)

Rate lock commitments (net)

Consensus pricing

Origination pull-through rate

66.9% - 100.0% (83.6%)

Rate lock commitments (net)

208

Consensus pricing

Closing pull-through rate

75.7% - 87.2% (77.5%)

(1)

Liabilities

DOJ litigation settlement

Discounted cash flows

Discount rate
Asset growth rate

6.6% - 9.8% (8.2%)
4.2% - 11.6% (7.9%)

DOJ Liability

(35)

Discounted cash flows

See description below

(1)Unobservable inputs were weighted by their relative fair value of the instruments.

Recurring Significant Unobservable Inputs

Home equity. The most significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the ~~home equity loans~~HELOANs are discount rates, constant prepayment rates, and default rates. The constant prepayment and default rates are based on a 12 month historical average. Significant increases (decreases) in the discount rate in isolation ~~would~~ result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. Increases (decreases) in prepay rates in isolation result in a higher (lower) fair value and increases (decreases) in default rates in isolation result in a lower (higher) fair value. HELOC loans formerly included in the FSTAR 2005-1 and FSTAR 2006-1 securitization trusts, also classified as home equity loans, were valued utilizing a loan-level discounted cash flow model which projects expected cash flows given three potential outcomes: (1) paid-in-full at scheduled maturity, (2) default at scheduled maturity (foreclosure), and (3) modification at scheduled maturity into an amortizing HELOC. Loans are placed into the potential outcome buckets based on their underlying current delinquency, FICO scores and property CLTV all of which are unobservable inputs. These loans were sold in the second quarter of 2017.

MSRs. The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the MSRs are option adjusted spreads, prepayment rates, and cost to service. Significant increases (decreases) in all three assumptions in isolation ~~would~~ result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. Weighted average life (in years) is used to determine the change in fair value of MSRs. For ~~September~~June 30, ~~2017~~2021 and December 31, ~~2016~~2020, the weighted average life (in years) for the entire ~~MSRs~~MSR portfolio was ~~6.0~~5.4 and ~~6.6,~~4.2, respectively.

DOJ ~~litigation settlement.~~ Liability.The DOJ liability was settled for $70 million in the second quarter of 2021, fully satisfying the Amendment and reducing the liability to $0 at June 30,2021. Prior to settlement, the significant unobservable ~~input~~inputs used in the fair value measurement of the DOJ ~~litigation settlement is~~Liability were the discount rate, ~~and~~ asset growth rate, ~~in addition~~return on assets, dividend rate and potential ways we might be required to ~~those~~begin making DOJ Liability payments and our estimates of the likelihood of these outcomes, as further discussed in Note 1715 - Legal Proceedings, Contingencies and Commitments. Significant increases (decreases) in the discount rate or asset growth rate in isolation would result in a marginally lower (higher) fair value measurement. For further information on the fair value inputs related to the DOJ litigation, see Note 17 - Legal Proceedings, Contingencies, and Commitments.

Rate lock commitments. The significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of the rate lock commitments is the pull through rate. The pull through rate is a statistical analysis of our actual rate lock fallout history to determine the sensitivity of the residential mortgage loan pipeline compared to interest rate changes and other deterministic values. New market prices are applied based on updated loan characteristics and new fallout ratios (i.e., the inverse of the pull through rate) are applied accordingly. Significant increases (decreases) in the pull through rate in isolation ~~would~~ result in a significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement.

~~Contingent consideration.~~ The significant unobservable input used in the fair value of the contingent consideration is future forecasted target production volumes and profitability of the division. An increase or decrease to these inputs results in an increase or decrease of the liability. Other unobservable inputs include Beta and volatility which drive the risk adjusted discount rate utilized in a Monte Carlo simulation. An increase or decrease in these inputs results in a decrease or increase to the liability.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

We also have assets that ~~under certain conditions~~ are subject to measurement at fair value on a nonrecurring ~~basis.~~

basis under certain conditions. The following table presents assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis:


	Total (1)		Level 2		Level 3		Losses
	(Dollars in millions)
June 30, 2021
Loans held-for-sale (2)	$	275	$	275	$	0	$	(1)
Commercial loans	24		0		24		0
Impaired loans held-for-investment (2)
Residential first mortgage loans	26		0		26		(12)
Repossessed assets (3)	6		0		6		(2)
Totals	$	331	$	275	$	56	$	(15)
December 31, 2020
Residential first mortgage loans	$	30	$	30	$	0	$	(1)
Commercial loans	57		0		57		0
Impaired loans held-for-investment (2)
Residential first mortgage loans	24		0		24		(3)
Repossessed assets (3)	8		0		8		(3)
Totals	$	119	$	30	$	89	$	(7)

Total (1) Level 2 Level 3 Gains/(Losses)
(Dollars in millions)
September 30, 2017
Loans held-for-sale (2)
$ 6
$ 6
$ —
$ (1 )
Impaired loans held-for-investment (2)

Loans held-for-investment 23
—
23
(8 )
Repossessed assets (3)
9
—
9
—
Totals $ 38
$ 6
$ 32
$ (9 )
December 31, 2016
Loans held-for-sale (2)
$ 9
$ 9
$ —
$ (2 )
Impaired loans held-for-investment (2)

Residential first mortgage loans 25
—
25
(28 )
Repossessed assets (3)
14
—
14
(2 )
Totals $ 48
$ 9
$ 39
$ (32 )
(1)The fair values are determined at various dates dependent upon when certain conditions were met requiring fair value measurement.


~~(1)~~	~~The fair values are determined at various dates during the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and the year ended December 31, 2016, respectively.~~


~~(2)~~	~~Gains/(losses) reflect fair value adjustments on assets for which we did not elect the fair value option.~~


~~(3)~~	~~Gains/(losses) reflect write downs of repossessed assets based on the estimated fair value of the specific assets.~~

(2)Gains (losses) reflect fair value adjustments on assets for which we did not elect the fair value option.

(3)Gains (losses) reflect write downs of repossessed assets based on the estimated fair value of the specific assets.

The following ~~tables present~~table presents the quantitative information about nonrecurring ~~level~~Level 3 fair value financial instruments and the fair value measurements:


	Fair Value		Valuation Technique	Unobservable Input	Range (Weighted Average)
	(Dollars in millions)
June 30, 2021
Commercial loans	$	24	Fair value of collateral	Market price	N/A
Impaired loans held-for-investment
Residential first mortgage loans	$	26	Fair value of collateral	Loss severity discount	0% - 100% (31.5%)	(2)
Repossessed assets	$	6	Fair value of collateral	Loss severity discount	0% - 96.3% (19.8%)	(2)
December 31, 2020
Commercial loans	57		Fair value of collateral	Market price	N/A	(1)
Impaired loans held-for-investment
Residential first mortgage loans	$	24	Fair value of collateral	Loss severity discount	0% - 100% (12.8%)	(2)
Repossessed assets	$	8	Fair value of collateral	Loss severity discount	0% - 96.3% (24.5%)	(2)

Fair Value Valuation Technique Unobservable Input Range (Weighted Average)
(Dollars in millions)
September 30, 2017
Impaired loans held-for-investment
Loans held-for-investment $ 23
Fair value of collateral Loss severity discount 28% - 31% (29.6%)
Repossessed assets $ 9
Fair value of collateral Loss severity discount 29% - 100% (75.3%)
December 31, 2016
Impaired loans held-for-investment
Residential first mortgage loans $ 25
Fair value of collateral Loss severity discount 22% - 40% (29.5%)
Repossessed assets $ 14
Fair value of collateral Loss severity discount 22% - 100% (69.5%)
(1)Fair value has been determined based on an unobservable market price.

(2)Unobservable inputs were weighted by their relative fair value of the instruments.

Nonrecurring Significant Unobservable Inputs

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the impaired loans and repossessed assets are appraisals or other third-party price evaluations which incorporate measures such as recent sales prices for comparable properties.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The following table presents the carrying amount and estimated fair value of financial instruments that are carried either at fair value, cost, or amortized cost:


	June 30, 2021
			Estimated Fair Value
	Carrying Value		Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
	(Dollars in millions)
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	345	$	345	$	345	$	0	$	0
Investment securities available-for-sale	1,823		1,823		0		1,823		0
Investment securities held-to-maturity	270		280		0		280		0
Loans held-for-sale	6,138		6,138		0		6,138		0
Loans held-for-investment	14,052		13,985		0		19		13,966
Loans with government guarantees	2,226		2,191		0		2,191		0
Mortgage servicing rights	342		342		0		0		342
Federal Home Loan Bank stock	377		377		0		377		0
Bank owned life insurance	361		361		0		361		0
Repossessed assets	6		6		0		0		6
Other assets, foreclosure claims	10		10		0		10		0
Derivative financial instruments, assets	198		198		0		83		115
Liabilities
Retail deposits
Demand deposits and savings accounts	$	(8,781)	$	(8,059)	$	0	$	(8,059)	$	0
Certificates of deposit	(1,075)		(1,078)		0		(1,078)		0
Wholesale deposits	(1,163)		(1,171)		0		(1,171)		0
Government deposits	(1,981)		(1,899)		0		(1,899)		0
Company controlled deposits	(5,661)		(5,643)		0		(5,643)		0
Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other	(3,295)		(3,313)		0		(3,313)		0
Long-term debt	(396)		(342)		0		(342)		0
DOJ Liability	0		0		0		0		0

Derivative financial instruments, liabilities	(38)		(38)		0		(37)		(1)


	September 30, 2017																December 31, 2020
				Estimated Fair Value															Estimated Fair Value
	Carrying Value			Total			Level 1			Level 2			Level 3				Carrying Value		Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
	(Dollars in millions)																(Dollars in millions)
Assets																Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	233		$	233		$	233		$	—		$	—		Cash and cash equivalents	$	623	$	623	$	623	$	0	$	0
Investment securities available-for-sale	1,637			1,637			—			1,637			—			Investment securities available-for-sale	1,944		1,944		0		1,944		0
Investment securities held-to-maturity	977			971			—			971			—			Investment securities held-to-maturity	377		393		0		393		0
Loans held-for-sale	4,939			4,940			—			4,940			—			Loans held-for-sale	7,098		7,098		0		7,098		0
Loans held-for-investment	7,203			7,181			—			9			7,172			Loans held-for-investment	16,227		16,188		0		11		16,177
Loans with government guarantees	253			245			—			245			—			Loans with government guarantees	2,516		2,498		0		2,498		0
Mortgage servicing rights	246			246			—			—			246			Mortgage servicing rights	329		329		0		0		329
Federal Home Loan Bank stock	264			264			—			264			—			Federal Home Loan Bank stock	377		377		0		377		0
Bank owned life insurance	328			328			—			328			—			Bank owned life insurance	356		358		0		358		0
Repossessed assets	9			9			—			—			9			Repossessed assets	8		8		0		0		8
Other assets, foreclosure claims	92			92			—			92			—			Other assets, foreclosure claims	17		17		0		17		0
Derivative financial instruments, assets	60			60			—			27			33
Derivative financial instruments																Derivative financial instruments	281		281		0		73		208
Liabilities																Liabilities
Retail deposits																Retail deposits
Demand deposits and savings accounts	$	(5,243	)	$	(4,845	)	$	—		$	(4,845	)	$	—		Demand deposits and savings accounts	$	(8,616)	$	(7,864)	$	0	$	(7,864)	$	0
Certificates of deposit	(1,297		)	(1,304		)	—			(1,304		)	—			Certificates of deposit	(1,355)		(1,365)		0		(1,365)		0
Wholesale deposits	(43		)	(43		)	—			(43		)	—			Wholesale deposits	(1,031)		(1,047)		0		(1,047)		0
Government deposits	(1,068		)	(1,045		)	—			(1,045		)	—			Government deposits	(1,765)		(1,706)		0		(1,706)		0
Company controlled deposits	(1,510		)	(1,473		)	—			(1,473		)	—
Custodial deposits																Custodial deposits	(7,206)		(7,133)		0		(7,133)		0
Federal Home Loan Bank advances	(5,365		)	(5,252		)	—			(5,252		)	—			Federal Home Loan Bank advances	(5,100)		(5,124)		0		(5,124)		0
Long-term debt	(493		)	(382		)	—			(382		)	—			Long-term debt	(641)		(596)		0		(596)		0
DOJ litigation settlement	(60		)	(60		)	—			—			(60		)
Contingent consideration	(26		)	(26		)	—			—			(26		)
Derivative financial instruments, liabilities	(10		)	(10		)	(3		)	(6		)	(1		)
DOJ Liability																DOJ Liability	(35)		(35)		0		0		(35)
Derivative financial instruments																Derivative financial instruments	(102)		(102)		0		(102)		0



Large accelerated filer	¨☒	Accelerated filer	ý☐
Non-accelerated filer	o ~~(Do not check if smaller reporting company)~~ ☐	Smaller reporting company	¨☐
		Emerging growth company	¨☐


Title of each class	Trading symbol	Name of each exchange on which registered
Common stock	FBC	New York Stock Exchange




PART I. – FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 1.			Financial Statements
			Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition – ~~September~~June 30, ~~2017~~2021 (unaudited) and December 31, ~~2016 (unaudited)~~2020	3943
			Consolidated Statements of Operations – For the three and ~~nine~~six months ended ~~September~~June 30, ~~2017~~2021 and ~~2016~~2020 (unaudited)	4044
			Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income – For the three and ~~nine~~six months ended ~~September~~June 30, ~~2017~~2021 and ~~2016~~2020 (unaudited)	4145
			Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity – For the ~~nine~~three and six months ended ~~September~~June 30, ~~2017~~2021 and ~~2016~~2020 (unaudited)	4146
			Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows – For the ~~nine~~six months ended ~~September~~June 30, ~~2017~~2021 and ~~2016~~2020 (unaudited)	4247
			Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)
			Note 1 - Basis of Presentation	4348
			Note 2 - Investment Securities	4349
			Note 3 - Loans Held-for-Sale	4551
			Note 4 - Loans Held-for-Investment	4551
			Note 5 - Loans With Government Guarantees	5362
			Note 6 - Variable Interest Entities	5362
			Note 7 - Mortgage Servicing Rights	5362
			Note 8 - Derivative Financial Instruments	5564
			Note 9 - Borrowings	5869
			Note 10 ~~- Representation and Warranty Reserve~~	60
	~~Note 11 - Warrants~~	60
	~~Note 12~~ - Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)	6071
			Note 1311 - Earnings Per Share	6271
			Note 12 - Stock-Based Compensation	71
			Note 13 - Income Taxes	72
			Note 14 - ~~Stock-Based Compensation~~Regulatory Matters
	~~Note 15 - Income Taxes~~	6372
			Note ~~16 - Regulatory Matters~~	63
	~~Note 17~~15 - Legal Proceeding, Contingencies, and Commitments	6573
			Note 1816 - Fair Value Measurements	6775
			Note 1917 - Segment Information	7884
			Note 2018 - Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements	8188
Item 2.			Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	4
Item 3.			Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk	8489
Item 4.			Controls and Procedures	8489

PART II. – OTHER INFORMATION
Item 1.			Legal Proceedings	8590
Item 1A.			Risk Factors	8590
Item 2.			Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds	8591
Item 3.			Defaults upon Senior Securities	8591
Item 4.			Mine Safety Disclosures	8591
Item 5.			Other Information	8591
Item 6.			Exhibits	8592

SIGNATURES				8693



ý☒			QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934



¨☐			TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934



	September 30, 2017			December 31, 2016			September 30, 2016 (1)
Selected Statistics:
Book value per common share	$	25.38		$	23.50		$	22.72
Tangible book value per share (3)	$	25.01		$	23.50		$	22.72
Number of common shares outstanding	57,181,536			56,824,802			56,597,271
Equity-to-assets ratio	8.60		%	9.50		%	9.01		%
Common equity-to-assets ratio	8.60		%	9.50		%	9.01		%
Capitalized value of MSRs	1.15		%	1.07		%	0.96		%
Bancorp Tier 1 leverage (to adjusted avg. total assets) (4)	8.80		%	8.88		%	8.88		%
Bank Tier 1 leverage (to adjusted avg. total assets)	9.38		%	10.52		%	10.55		%
Number of banking centers	99			99			99
Number of FTE	3,495			2,886			2,881


~~(1)~~	Includes redemption of TARP Preferred occurring on July 29, 2016, which resulted in a reduction of $372 million in stockholder's equity. Also, includes $250 million issuance of 6.125% Senior Note occurring on July 11, 2016, which was used to redeem and bring current the dividends on the TARP Preferred.


~~(3)~~	Excludes goodwill and intangibles of $21 million, zero, and zero at September 30, 2017, December 31, 2016, and September 30, 2016, respectively, included in Other Assets on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition. See Non-GAAP Financial Measures for further information.


~~(1)~~	Included in both the three and nine months ended September 30, 2016 is a $24 million benefit ($16 million after tax benefit) related to a decrease in the fair value of the Department of Justice ("DOJ") settlement liability.



	Three Months Ended September 30,
	2017 Versus 2016 Increase (Decrease) Due to:
	Rate		Volume			Total
	(Dollars in millions)
Interest-Earning Assets
Loans held-for-sale	$	6	$	9		$	15
Loans held-for-investment
Residential first mortgage	1		4			5
Total Consumer loans	1		4			5
Commercial Real Estate	5		5			10
Commercial and Industrial	1		5			6
Warehouse Lending	1		(6		)	(5		)
Total Commercial loans	7		4			11
Total loans held-for-investment	8		8			16
Loans with government guarantees	1		(2		)	(1		)
Investment securities	—		4			4
Total interest-earning assets	$	15	$	19		$	34
Interest-Bearing Liabilities
Interest-bearing deposits	$	1	$	—		$	1
Short-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other	7		3			10
Long-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances	1		(2		)	(1		)
Other long-term debt	—		1			1
Total interest-bearing liabilities	9		2			11
Change in net interest income	$	6	$	17		$	23



	September 30, 2017
	Loans Held-for-Investment		Percent of Portfolio		Allowance Amount		Allowance as a Percent of Loan Portfolio
	(Dollars in millions)
Consumer loans
Residential first mortgage	$	2,656	36.9	%	$	52	2.0	%
Home equity	492		6.8	%	20		4.1	%
Other	26		0.4	%	1		3.8	%
Total consumer loans	3,174		44.1	%	73		2.3	%
Commercial loans
Commercial real estate	1,760		24.5	%	42		2.4	%
Commercial and industrial	1,097		15.3	%	19		1.7	%
Warehouse lending	1,159		16.1	%	6		0.5	%
Total commercial loans	4,016		55.9	%	67		1.7	%
Total consumer and commercial loans (1)	$	7,190	100.0	%	$	140	1.9	%



	Regulatory Minimums		Regulatory Minimums to be Well-Capitalized		Bank		Bancorp
September 30, 2017
Basel III Ratios (transitional)
Common equity Tier I capital ratio	4.50	%	6.50	%	14.61	%	11.65	%
Tier I leverage ratio	4.00	%	5.00	%	9.38	%	8.80	%
Basel III Ratios (fully phased-in) (1)
Common equity Tier I capital ratio	4.50	%	6.50	%	13.80	%	10.58	%
Tier I leverage ratio	4.00	%	5.00	%	9.13	%	8.43	%



	September 30, 2017		December 31, 2016		September 30, 2016
	(Dollars in millions, except share data)
Total stock holders' equity	$	1,451	$	1,336	$	1,286
Preferred stock	—		—		—
Goodwill and intangibles	21		—		—
Tangible book value	$	1,430	$	1,336	$	1,286

Number of common shares outstanding	57,181,536		56,824,802		56,597,271
Tangible book value per share	$	25.01	$	23.50	$	22.72



	Common Equity Tier 1 (to RWA)			Tier 1 leverage (to adjusted avg. total assets)			Tier 1 Capital (to RWA)			Total Risk-Based Capital (to RWA)
	(Dollars in millions)
September 30, 2017
Flagstar Bancorp
Regulatory capital – Basel III (transitional) to Basel III (fully phased-in)
Basel III (transitional)	$	1,208		$	1,423		$	1,423		$	1,554
Increased deductions related to deferred tax assets, MSRs, and other capital components	(90		)	(65		)	(65		)	(62		)
Basel III (fully phased-in) capital	$	1,118		$	1,358		$	1,358		$	1,492
Risk-weighted assets – Basel III (transitional) to Basel III (fully phased-in)
Basel III assets (transitional)	$	10,371		$	16,165		$	10,371		$	10,371
Net change in assets	191			(65		)	191			191
Basel III (fully phased-in) assets	$	10,562		$	16,100		$	10,562		$	10,562
Capital ratios
Basel III (transitional)	11.65		%	8.80		%	13.72		%	14.99		%
Basel III (fully phased-in)	10.58		%	8.43		%	12.86		%	14.13		%



	Preferred Stock					Common Stock
	Number of Shares Outstanding		Amount of Preferred Stock			Number of Shares Outstanding	Amount of Common Stock		Additional Paid in Capital		Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			Retained Earnings (Accumulated Deficit)			Total Stockholders’ Equity
Balance at December 31, 2015	266,657		$	267		56,483,258	$	1	$	1,486	$	2		$	(227	)	$	1,529
(Unaudited)
Net income	—		—			—	—		—		—			143			143
Total other comprehensive income (loss)	—		—			—	—		—		(22		)	—			(22		)
Preferred stock redemption	(266,657	)	(267		)	—	—		—		—			—			(267		)
Dividends on preferred stock	—		—			—	—		—		—			(105		)	(105		)
Stock-based compensation	—		—			114,013	—		8		—			—			8
Balance at September 30, 2016	—		$	—		56,597,271	$	1	$	1,494	$	(20	)	$	(189	)	$	1,286
Balance at December 31, 2016	—		$	—		56,824,802	$	1	$	1,503	$	(7	)	$	(161	)	$	1,336
(Unaudited)
Net income	—		—			—	—		—		—			108			108
Total other comprehensive income (loss)	—		—			—	—		—		(1		)	—			(1		)
Shares issued from Employee Stock Purchase Plan	—		—			19,897	—		—		—			—			—
Warrant exercise	—		—			154,313	—		4		—			—			4
Stock-based compensation	—		—			182,524	—		4		—			—			4
Balance at September 30, 2017	—		$	—		57,181,536	$	1	$	1,511	$	(8	)	$	(53	)	$	1,451



	September 30, 2017						December 31, 2016
	Recorded Investment		Net Unpaid Principal Balance		Related Allowance		Recorded Investment		Net Unpaid Principal Balance		Related Allowance
	(Dollars in millions)
With no related allowance recorded
Consumer loans
Residential first mortgage	$	15	$	15	$	—	$	6	$	6	$	—
Total consumer loans with no related allowance recorded	$	15	$	15	$	—	$	6	$	6	$	—
With an allowance recorded
Consumer loans
Residential first mortgage	$	20	$	20	$	6	$	40	$	40	$	5
Home equity	28		29		9		29		29		8
Commercial loans
Commercial real estate	1		1		—		—		—		—
Total consumer loans with an allowance recorded	$	49	$	50	$	15	$	69	$	69	$	13

Total Impaired loans
Residential first mortgage	$	35	$	35	$	6	$	46	$	46	$	5
Home equity	28		29		9		29		29		8
Commercial real estate	1		1		—		—		—		—
Total impaired loans	$	64	$	65	$	15	$	75	$	75	$	13



	September 30, 2017							December 31, 2016
				Fair value after							Fair value after
	Actual			10% adverse change		20% adverse change		Actual			10% adverse change		20% adverse change
	(Dollars in millions)
Option adjusted spread	5.81		%	$	242	$	238	7.78		%	$	326	$	318
Constant prepayment rate	9.64		%	238		231		16.68		%	322		311
Weighted average annual cost to service per loan	$	71.00		244		241		$	68.18		330		326



			Gross Amounts Netted in the Statement of Financial Position		Net Amount Presented in the Statement of Financial Position		Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Statement of Financial Position
	Gross Amount		Gross Amounts Netted in the Statement of Financial Position		Net Amount Presented in the Statement of Financial Position		Financial Instruments		Cash Collateral
	(Dollars in millions)
September 30, 2017
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
Assets
Interest rate swaps on FHLB advances (1)	$	1	$	—	$	1	$	—	$	23

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Assets
Mortgage backed securities forwards	$	12	$	—	$	12	$	—	$	2
Interest rate swaps and swaptions (1)	14		—		14		—		11
Total derivative assets	$	26	$	—	$	26	$	—	$	13

Liabilities
Futures	$	3	$	—	$	3	$	—	$	4
Mortgage backed securities forwards	4		—		4		—		10
Interest rate swaps (1)	2		—		2		—		9
Total derivative liabilities	$	9	$	—	$	9	$	—	$	23

December 31, 2016
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
Assets
Interest rate swaps on FHLB advances (1)	$	20	$	1	$	19	$	—	$	—
Liabilities
Interest rate swaps on FHLB advances (1)	$	1	$	1	$	—	$	—	$	33

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Assets
Futures	$	2	$	—	$	2	$	—	$	—
Mortgage-backed securities forwards	43		—		43		—		44
Interest rate swaps and swaptions (1)	35		—		35		—		30
Total derivative assets	$	80	$	—	$	80	$	—	$	74

Liabilities
Futures	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	1
Mortgage-backed securities forwards	11		—		11		—		—
Interest rate swaps (1)	37		—		37		—		20
Total derivative liabilities	$	48	$	—	$	48	$	—	$	21



	Three Months Ended September 30, 2017				Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017
	Shares		Weighted — Average Grant-Date Fair Value per Share		Shares		Weighted — Average Grant-Date Fair Value per Share
Restricted Stock
Non-vested balance at beginning of period	1,455,327		$	19.88	1,461,910		$	17.68
Granted	28,750		23.57		355,088		28.02
Vested	(298	)	16.77		(214,239	)	18.95
Canceled and forfeited	(15,952	)	23.31		(134,932	)	18.57
Non-vested balance at end of period	1,467,827		$	19.92	1,467,827		$	19.92



				Recorded in Earnings					Recorded in OCI
	Balance at Beginning of Period			Total Unrealized Gains / (Losses)			Total Realized Gains / (Losses)		Total Unrealized Gains / (Losses)		Purchases / Originations			Sales			Settlements			Transfers In (Out)			Balance at End of Period
	(Dollars in millions)
Three Months Ended September 30, 2017
Assets
Loans held-for-investment
Home equity	$	5		$	—		$	—	$	—	$	—		$	—		$	(1	)	$	—		$	4
Mortgage servicing rights	184			(9		)	—		—		75			(4		)	—			—			246
Rate lock commitments (net) (1)	26			21			—		—		82			—			—			(97		)	32
Totals	$	215		$	12		$	—	$	—	$	157		$	(4	)	$	(1	)	$	(97	)	$	282
Liabilities
DOJ litigation settlement	$	(60	)	$	—		$	—	$	—	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	(60	)
Contingent consideration	(23		)	(1		)	—		—		(2		)	—			—			—			(26		)
Totals	$	(83	)	$	(1	)	$	—	$	—	$	(2	)	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	(86	)

Three Months Ended September 30, 2016
Assets
Loans held-for-investment
Home equity	$	82		$	4		$	—	$	—	$	—		$	—		$	(14	)	$	—		$	72
Mortgage servicing rights	301			(33		)	—		—		51			(17		)	—			—			302
Rate lock commitments (net) (1)	82			33			—		—		116			(150		)	(18		)	—			63
Totals	$	465		$	4		$	—	$	—	$	167		$	(167	)	$	(32	)	$	—		$	437
Liabilities
DOJ litigation settlement	$	(84	)	$	24		$	—	$	—	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	(60	)



	September 30, 2017									December 31, 2016
	Unpaid Principal Balance			Fair Value			Fair Value Over / (Under) Unpaid Principal Balance			Unpaid Principal Balance			Fair Value			Fair Value Over / (Under) Unpaid Principal Balance
	(Dollars in millions)
Assets
Nonaccrual loans
Loans held-for-sale	$	4		$	4		$	—		$	2		$	2		$	—
Loans held-for-investment	6			4			(2		)	19			13			(6		)
Total nonaccrual loans	$	10		$	8		$	(2	)	$	21		$	15		$	(6	)
Other performing loans
Loans held-for-sale	$	4,742		$	4,903		$	161		$	3,103		$	3,143		$	40
Loans held-for-investment	11			9			(2		)	72			59			(13		)
Total other performing loans	$	4,753		$	4,912		$	159		$	3,175		$	3,202		$	27
Total loans
Loans held-for-sale	$	4,746		$	4,907		$	161		$	3,105		$	3,145		$	40
Loans held-for-investment	17			13			(4		)	91			72			(19		)
Total loans	$	4,763		$	4,920		$	157		$	3,196		$	3,217		$	21
Liabilities
Litigation settlement (1)	$	(118	)	$	(60	)	$	58		$	(118	)	$	(60	)	$	58


~~(1)~~	~~We are obligated to pay $118 million in installment payments upon meeting certain performance conditions, as described in Note 17 - Legal Proceedings, Contingencies and Commitments.~~



	Nine Months Ended September 30, 2016
	Community Banking			Mortgage Originations			Mortgage Servicing			Other			Total
	(Dollars in millions)
Summary of Operations
Net interest income	$	150		$	67		$	17		$	2		$	236
Net gain (loss) on loan sales	8			251			—			—			259
Representation and warranty benefit	—			12			—			—			12
Other noninterest income	21			15			41			41			118
Total net interest income and noninterest income	179			345			58			43			625
(Provision) benefit for loan losses	9			—			—			—			9
Depreciation and amortization expense	(5		)	(4		)	(2		)	(12		)	(23		)
Other noninterest expense	(131		)	(188		)	(70		)	(6		)	(395		)
Total noninterest expense	(136		)	(192		)	(72		)	(18		)	(418		)
Income (loss) before income taxes	52			153			(14		)	25			216
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	18			54			(5		)	6			73
Net income (loss)	$	34		$	99		$	(9	)	$	19		$	143
Intersegment revenue	$	(2	)	$	(1	)	$	18		$	(15	)	$	—

Average balances
Loans held-for-sale	$	83		$	2,988		$	—		$	—		$	3,071
Loans with government guarantees	—			450			—			—			450
Loans held-for-investment	5,689			6			—			—			5,695
Total assets	5,798			4,328			36			3,549			13,711
Deposits	7,080			—			1,523			—			8,603



~~Standard~~	~~Description~~	~~Effective Date~~
~~ASU 2016-17~~	~~Consolidation (Topic 810): Interests Held Through Related Parties That are Under Common Control~~	~~January 1, 2017~~
~~ASU 2016-09~~	~~Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting~~	~~January 1, 2017~~
~~ASU 2016-07~~	~~Investments - Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Simplifying the Transition to the Equity Method of Accounting~~	~~January 1, 2017~~
~~ASU 2016-06~~	~~Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Contingent Put and Call Options in Debt Instruments~~	~~January 1, 2017~~
~~ASU 2016-05~~	~~Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Effect of Derivative Contract Novations on Existing Hedge Relationships~~	~~January 1, 2017~~


~~(b)~~	~~Changes in Internal Controls.~~ ~~There have been no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(d) of the Exchange Act) during the~~ ~~three~~ ~~months ended September 30, 2017, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.~~


Exhibit No.		Description
2.1*		Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated April 24, 2021, among New York Community Bancorp, Inc., 615 Corp., and Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. (previously filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K).

~~Exhibit No.~~3.1*		~~Description~~

~~3.1~~	Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.~~, as amended~~ (previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's ~~Current~~Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, ~~dated August 7,~~for the period ended June 30, 2017, and incorporated herein by reference).

~~3.2~~3.2*		Sixth Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (previously filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the ~~Company’s Current~~Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, ~~dated November 7,~~for the period ended September 30, 2016, and incorporated herein by reference).

114.1*		~~Statement regarding computation of per share earnings is incorporated by reference to Note 13 of the Notes~~Indenture, dated October 28, 2020, between Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee (previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the ~~Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statements.~~Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, dated October 28, 2020, and incorporated herein by reference).

~~31.1~~4.2*		First Supplemental Indenture, dated October 28, 2020, between Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee (previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, dated October 28, 2020, and incorporated herein by reference).

4.3*		Form of 4.125% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Subordinated Note due 2030 (included in Exhibit 4.2).

31.1		Section 302 Certification of Chief Executive Officer

31.2		Section 302 Certification of Chief Financial Officer

32.1		Section 906 Certification, as furnished by the Chief Executive Officer

32.2		Section 906 Certification, as furnished by the Chief Financial Officer

101		Financial statements from Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of the Company for the quarter ended ~~September~~June 30, ~~2017,~~2021, formatted in XBRL: (i) the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss), (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (vi) the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.


*			Incorporated herein by reference
+			Constitutes a management contract or compensation plan or arrangement




	FLAGSTAR BANCORP, INC.
		Registrant

Date:	~~November~~August 6, ~~2017~~2021	/s/ Alessandro DiNello
		Alessandro DiNello
		President and Chief Executive Officer
		(Principal Executive Officer)

		/s/ James K. Ciroli
		James K. Ciroli
		Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
	~~(Principal Financial Officer)~~



~~Exhibit No.~~		~~Description~~

~~3.1~~	Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Flagstar Bancorp, Inc., as amended (previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 10-Q dated August 7, 2017, and incorporated herein by reference).

~~3.2~~	~~Sixth Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (previously filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 10-Q, dated November 7, 2016, and incorporated herein by reference).~~

11	~~Statement regarding computation of per share earnings is incorporated by reference to Note 13 of the Notes to the Consolidated~~(Principal Financial ~~Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statements.~~

~~31.1~~	~~Section 302 Certification of Chief Executive Officer~~

~~31.2~~	~~Section 302 Certification of Chief Financial Officer~~

~~32.1~~	~~Section 906 Certification, as furnished by the Chief Executive Officer~~

~~32.2~~	~~Section 906 Certification, as furnished by the Chief Financial Officer~~

~~101~~	Financial statements from Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of the Company for the quarter ended September 30, 2017, formatted in XBRL: (i) the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss), (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (vi) the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.Officer)